Form 10-K
Table of Contents

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 


 

FORM 10-K

 

(Mark One)

 

þ ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

   For the year ended December 31, 2002

 

OR

 

¨ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

   For the transition period from                               to                               

 

Commission File Number: 000-23593

 


 

VERISIGN, INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

Delaware

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

487 E. Middlefield Road, Mountain View, CA

(Address of principal executive offices)

 

94-3221585

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification No.)

 

94043

(Zip Code)

 

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (650) 961-7500

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: None

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: Common Stock $0.001 Par Value Per Share, and the Associated Stock Purchase Rights

 


 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    YES  þ        NO  ¨

 

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of the registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.  ¨

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is an accelerated filer (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). YES  þ        NO  ¨

 

The aggregate market value of the common stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant, computed by reference to the closing price as of the close of business on June 28, 2002 was approximately $1,701,185,000.

 

Number of shares of Common Stock, $0.001 par value, outstanding as of the close of business on  February 28, 2003: 238,384,643 shares.

 

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

 

Portions of the definitive Proxy Statement to be delivered to stockholders in connection with the 2003 Annual Meeting of Stockholders are incorporated by reference into Part III.

 



Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         

Page


    

PART I

    

Item 1.

  

Business

  

3

Item 2.

  

Properties

  

29

Item 3.

  

Legal Proceedings

  

30

Item 4.

  

Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders

  

31

Item 4A.

  

Executive Officers of the Registrant

  

31

    

PART II

    

Item 5.

  

Market for Registrant’s Common Stock and Related Shareholder Matters

  

34

Item 6.

  

Selected Financial Data

  

35

Item 7.

  

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

  

36

Item 7A.

  

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

  

57

Item 8.

  

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

  

58

Item 9.

  

Changes In and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

  

59

    

PART III

    

Item 10.

  

Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant

  

60

Item 11.

  

Executive Compensation

  

60

Item 12.

  

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management

  

60

Item 13.

  

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions

  

60

Item 14.

  

Controls and Procedures

  

60

    

PART IV

    

Item 15.

  

Exhibits, Financial Statements Schedule and Reports on Form 8-K

  

61

Signatures

  

64

Certifications

  

65

Financial Statements

  

67

Exhibits

  

109

 

2


Table of Contents

 

PART I

 

ITEM 1.    BUSINESS

 

Overview

 

VeriSign, Inc. is a leading provider of critical infrastructure services that enable Web site owners, enterprises, communications service providers, electronic commerce, or e-commerce, service providers and individuals to engage in secure digital commerce and communications. Our services include three core offerings: Internet security and registry services, telecommunications services, and Web presence services. We market our products and services through our direct sales force, telesales operations, member organizations in our global affiliate network, value-added resellers, service providers, and our Web sites.

 

Beginning in 2003, we are organized into three service-based lines of business: the Internet Services Group, the Telecommunication Services Group, and Network Solutions, Inc., or Network Solutions. The Internet Services Group consists of two business units: Security Services, which provides products and services that enable enterprises and service providers to establish and deliver secure Internet-based services to customers, and Registry Services, which acts as the exclusive registry of domain names in the .com and .net generic top-level domains, or gTLDs, and certain country code top-level domains, or ccTLDs. The Telecommunication Services Group provides Signaling System 7, or SS7, network services, intelligent network services and wireless billing and customer care solutions to telecommunications carriers. Through our wholly-owned subsidiary, Network Solutions, we provide domain name registration and value-added services to enterprises and individuals who wish to establish an online presence.

 

VeriSign was incorporated in Delaware on April 12, 1995. Our principal executive offices are located at 487 E. Middlefield Road, Mountain View, California 94043. Our telephone number at that address is (650) 961-7500 and our common stock is traded on The NASDAQ National Market under the ticker symbol VRSN. VeriSign’s primary Web site is www.verisign.com. The information on our Web sites is not incorporated by reference into this annual report. VeriSign, the VeriSign logo, Network Solutions, Illuminet, Thawte and certain other product names are trademarks or registered trademarks of VeriSign, Inc., and/or its subsidiaries in the United States and other countries. Other names used in this report may be trademarks of their respective owners.

 

Our Annual Report on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K, and amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, are available, free of charge, through our Web site at www.verisign.com as soon as reasonably practicable after filing such reports with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

Internet Services Group

 

The Internet Services Group consists of two business units: Security Services and Registry Services. The Security Services business unit provides products and services to organizations who want to establish and deliver secure Internet-based services for their customers including the following types of services: managed security and network services, Web trust services and payment services. The Registry Services business unit acts as the exclusive registry of domain names in the .com and .net gTLDs and certain ccTLDs.

 

Security Services

 

Managed Security and Network Services

 

Managed Security and Network Services include our public key infrastructure (“PKI”) services for enterprises or members of our VeriSign Affiliate program, managed security services and digital brand management services.

 

3


Table of Contents

 

VeriSign PKI Services.    VeriSign offers the Managed PKI Service and VeriSign Go Secure! Services that can be tailored to meet the specific needs of enterprises that wish to issue digital certificates to employees, customers or trading partners.

 

  Managed PKI Service.    The Managed PKI Service is a managed service that allows an organization to use our trusted data processing infrastructure to develop and deploy customized digital certificate services for its user communities. The Managed PKI Service can be used by our customers to provide digital certificates for a variety of applications, including, but not limited to: controlling access to sensitive data and account information, enabling digitally-signed e-mail, encryption of e-mail, or Secure Socket Layer (“SSL”) sessions. The Managed PKI Service can help customers create an online electronic trading community, manage supply chain interaction or facilitate and protect online credit card transactions or enable access to virtual private networks.

 

  Go Secure! Services.    Go Secure! is a set of software modules that enable enterprises to quickly build digital certificate-based security into their off-the-shelf transaction and communication applications. Go Secure! Services complements our Managed PKI Service and is designed to incorporate digital certificates into existing applications such as e-mail, browser, directory and virtual private network devices as well as other devices.

 

VeriSign Affiliate PKI Software and Services.    VeriSign Affiliate PKI Software and Services are sold to a wide variety of entities that provide large-scale electronic commerce and communications services over wired and wireless Internet Protocol, or IP, networks. We designate these types of organizations as “VeriSign Affiliates” and provide them with a combination of technology, support and marketing services to facilitate their initial deployment and ongoing delivery of digital certificate services. In some instances, we have invested in VeriSign Affiliates and hold a minority interest of less than 20%.

 

VeriSign Affiliates can license either our Service Center or Processing Center offerings. The Service Center and Processing Center offerings are based on our software platform and enable a VeriSign Affiliate to offer one or more types of digital certificate services.

 

  The Service Center offerings provide VeriSign Affiliates with all of the capabilities needed to perform subscriber enrollment and authentication, digital certificate application approval, directory hosting, customer support, billing integration and report generation from within their facilities or act as an outsource provider of the Managed PKI Service, while utilizing our secure data centers for back-end processing.

 

  The Processing Center provides a VeriSign Affiliate with all of the capabilities of the Service Center plus the software modules required to perform all certificate life cycle services of issuance, management, revocation and renewal from within its own secure data center.

 

We also provide each VeriSign Affiliate with services to facilitate the efficient and timely rollout of their digital certificate offerings. These services may include installation and integration services, facility and network design consulting, technical and customer support documentation, training and sales and marketing support. VeriSign and the VeriSign Affiliates make up the VeriSign Trust Network, a global network of digital certificate service providers that operate with common technology, infrastructure and practices to enable digital certificate interoperability on a worldwide basis. The VeriSign Trust Network now consists of approximately 46 member organizations of which 23 generate revenues.

 

VeriSign Affiliates typically enter into a five-year technology licensing and revenue sharing agreement with us whereby we receive up-front licensing fees for the Service Center or Processing Center technology, as well as ongoing royalties from each digital certificate or the Managed PKI Service sold by the VeriSign Affiliate.

 

4


Table of Contents

 

Managed Security Services.    VeriSign’s Managed Security Services include services related to PKI, network infrastructure and information security services. To complement our PKI services for enterprises, we also provide consulting for integrating our PKI services with existing applications and databases and consulting on policies and procedures related to the management and deployment of digital certificates. In addition, we resell a nominal amount of third-party hardware and software as part of the delivery of our consulting services. Our management services also include, among others, managed DNS and DNS hosting, which are delivered through our registry operations infrastructure.

 

Digital Brand Management Services.    We offer a range of services that we refer to as Digital Brand Management Services to help information technology professionals, brand marketers, and other enterprise customers monitor, protect and build digital brand equity. Some of these services include our domain name registration services for both gTLDs, such as .com, and ccTLDs, such as .tv, our domain name recovery services, and our digital brand surveillance services.

 

Web Trust Services

 

Our Web trust services include our Web server digital certificate services, which enable Internet merchants to implement and operate secure Web sites that utilize SSL, or Wireless Transport Layer Security (“WTLS”) protocols. These services provide Internet merchants with the means to identify themselves to consumers and to encrypt communications between consumers and their Web site.

 

We currently offer the following Web server digital certificate services and content signing certificates. Each is differentiated by the target application of the server that hosts the digital certificate.

 

  Secure Site and Secure Site Plus.    Secure Site is our standard service offering that enables Web sites to implement basic SSL security features between their sites and individual end-user browsers. We also offer an upgraded version of this service, called Secure Site Plus, which enables U.S. and international enterprises to offer stronger, 128-bit encrypted, SSL sessions between their Web sites and end-user browsers from Netscape and Microsoft. Secure Site Plus also includes security monitoring, security assessment, site performance monitoring, and additional warranty protection.

 

  Commerce Site and Commerce Site Plus.    Our Commerce Site and Commerce Site Plus offerings combine the features and functionality of our Secure Site offerings with our payment services offerings, providing existing sites that want to offer e-commerce solutions with a comprehensive suite of services to secure and process online payments.

 

  Thawte Branded Digital Certificates.    We offer entry-level SSL security services under the Thawte brand. These services generally offer lower encryption and customer service features than our other VeriSign branded products, but use the same underlying infrastructure, and are produced using the same standards for authentication, as VeriSign branded certificates.

 

Payment Services

 

Using our payment gateway, Internet merchants are able to securely and digitally authorize, capture and settle a variety of payment types, including credit, debit and purchase cards, Internet checks, and automated clearing house transactions over the Internet.

 

Registry Services

 

We are the exclusive registry of domain names within the .com and .net gTLDs under agreements with the Internet Corporation for Assigned Names and Numbers, or ICANN, and the Department of Commerce, or DOC. As a registry, we maintain the master directory of all second-level domain names in these top-level domains. We own and maintain the shared registration system that allows all registrars to enter new second-level domain names into the master directory and to submit modifications, transfers, re-registrations and deletions for existing second-level domain names.

 

5


Table of Contents

 

We are also the exclusive registry for domain names within the .tv and .cc ccTLDs. These top-level domains are supported by our global name server constellation and shared registration system. In addition, we have made .bz domain name registration services available through our outsourced hosting environment, which enables domain name registrars and resellers to simultaneously access .bz registries.

 

Telecommunication Services Group

 

The Telecommunication Services Group provides specialized services to telecommunications carriers. Service offerings include the SS7 network, as either part of the connectivity, switching and transport function of the SS7 network or as intelligent network services delivered over the SS7 network. SS7 is an industry-standard system of protocols and procedures that is used to control telephone communications and provide routing information in association with vertical calling features, such as calling card validation, advanced intelligent network services, local number portability, wireless services, toll-free number database access and caller identification. The Telecommunication Services Group also offers advanced billing and customer care services to wireless carriers. Brief descriptions of some of these services are set forth below:

 

  SS7 Connectivity, Switching and Transport.    These are component parts of our basic SS7 trunk signaling service. Trunk signaling reduces post-dial delay, allowing call connection almost as soon as dialing is completed. This enables telecommunications carriers to deploy a full range of intelligent network services more quickly and cost effectively. By using our trunk-signaling service, carriers simplify SS7 link provisioning, and reach all local interexchange carriers, and wireless carriers’ networks though our access to hundreds of carriers.

 

  Intelligent Network Services.    We provide the SS7 functions that enable carriers to find and interact with network databases and conduct database queries that are essential for many advanced services. Such advanced services include Local Number Portability (“LNP”) that allows a telephone subscriber to switch local service providers while keeping the same telephone number. We also offer Calling Name (“CNAM”) Delivery service that enables carriers to query regional Bell operating companies and major independent carriers and reduce “name not available” messages that customers receive when a caller’s phone number is not identifiable when using a carrier’s caller identification service.

 

  Wireless Services.    We offer wireless carriers a package of essential services including (a) seamless roaming using the ANSI-41 signaling protocol allowing carriers to provide support for roamers visiting their service area, and for their customers when they roam outside their service area, (b) prepaid wireless which is a real-time account management platform, administered via a Web interface, that makes prepaid wireless plans as flexible and convenient as traditional postpaid plans, (c) postpaid billing which provides advanced billing and customer care solutions, and (d) clearing which provides wireless fraud management, SS7 monitoring, and roamer clearinghouse services, in which we settle telephone traffic charges between carriers throughout the Western Hemisphere.

 

  Mediation Services.    We offer a third-party independent solution to wireline and wireless operators for services such as: (a) toll clearinghouse which includes wireline billing and collections, where we serve as a distribution and collection point for billing information and payment collection for services provided by one carrier to customers billed by another, and (b) Metcalf SMS Interoperability which is a text messaging interoperability service that connects to wireless carriers’ messaging systems, and routes messages from carrier to carrier.

 

Network Solutions

 

Through our Network Solutions subsidiary, we provide digital identity through domain name registration services, and value-added services, such as e-mail, Web site creation tools, Web site hosting and other

 

6


Table of Contents

e-commerce enabling offerings. We register second-level domain names in the .com, .net, .org, .biz and .info gTLDs, as well as selected ccTLDs, such as .uk and .tv, around the world, enabling individuals, companies and organizations to establish a unique identity on the Internet. Our customers apply to register second-level domain names either directly through our Web sites or indirectly through our channel partner wholesalers, Internet service providers, telecommunications companies and others. We accept registrations and re-registrations in annual or multi-year increments for periods up to ten years.

 

We also provide other digital identity and Web presence value-added products and services through our Web site storefront, such as Network Solutions-hosted domain names, Web sites from Network Solutions, Web forwarding (which allows a customer to forward Internet traffic from one Web site to another) and Network Solutions e-mail.

 

Operations Infrastructure

 

Our operations infrastructure consists of secure data centers in Mountain View, California; Dulles and Leesburg, Virginia; Lacey, Washington; Overland Park, Kansas; and Kawasaki, Japan. Many of our VeriSign Affiliates also operate secure data centers in their geographic areas. Most of these secure data centers operate on a 24-hour a day, 7 days per week basis, supporting our business units and services. Key features of our operations infrastructure include:

 

  Distributed Servers.    We deploy a large number of high-speed servers to support capacity and availability demands that in conjunction with our proprietary software offers automatic failover, global and local load balancing and threshold monitoring on critical servers.

 

  Advanced Telecommunications.    We deploy and maintain redundant telecommunications and routing hardware and maintain high-speed connections to multiple Internet service providers (“ISPs”) throughout our internal network to ensure that our mission critical services are readily accessible to customers at all times.

 

  Network Security.    We incorporate architectural concepts such as protected domains, restricted nodes and distributed access control in our system architecture. We have also developed proprietary communications protocols within and between software modules that are designed to prevent most known forms of electronic attacks. In addition, we employ firewalls and intrusion detection software, and contract with security consultants who perform periodic attacks and security risk assessments.

 

As part of our operations infrastructure for our domain name registry services, we operate all thirteen gTLD servers that answer domain name lookups for the .com and .net zones. We also operate two of the thirteen root zone servers, including the “A” root, which is the authoritative root zone server of the Internet’s domain name system (“DNS”). The domain name servers provide the associated name server and IP address for every .com and .net domain name on the Internet and a large number of other top-level domain queries, resulting in an average of over 7.5 billion responses per day during 2002. These name servers are located around the world, providing local domain name service throughout North America, in Europe, and in Asia. Each server facility is a controlled and monitored environment, incorporating security and system maintenance features. This network of name servers is one of the cornerstones of the Internet’s DNS infrastructure.

 

To provide our telecommunications services, we operate an SS7 network composed of specialized switches, computers and databases strategically located across the United States. These elements interconnect our customers and U.S. telecommunications carriers through leased lines. Our network currently consists of 14 mated pairs of SS7 signal transfer points that are specialized switches that manage SS7 signaling, and into which our customers connect. We own eight pairs and lease capacity on six pairs of SS7 signal transfer points from regional partners. Our SS7 network control, located in Overland Park, Kansas, is staffed 24 hours a day, seven days per week. As part of our operations infrastructure for network services, we also have several SS7 network signal transfer point sites. These sites are maintained at 14 locations throughout the United States.

 

7


Table of Contents

 

Call Center and Help Desk.    We provide customer support services through our phone-based call centers, e-mail help desks and Web-based self-help systems. Our California call center is staffed from 5 a.m. to 6 p.m. Pacific time and employs an automated call directory system to support our Security Services Group. Our Virginia and Pennsylvania call centers are staffed from 8 a.m. to 8 p.m. Eastern time to support our Network Solutions services and Registry Services. All call centers also have Web-based support services which are available on a 24-hour a day, 7 days per week basis, utilizing customized automatic response systems to provide self-help recommendations and a staff of trained customer support agents.

 

Operations Support and Monitoring.    We have an extensive monitoring capability that enables us to track the status and performance of our critical database systems at 60-second intervals, and our global resolution systems at four-second intervals. Our distributed Network Operations Centers are staffed 24 hours a day, 7 days per week.

 

Disaster Recovery Plans.    We have disaster recovery and business continuity capabilities that are designed to deal with the loss of entire data centers and other facilities. Our Registry Services business maintains dual mirrored data centers that allow rapid failover with no data loss and no loss of function or capacity. Our PKI and payment services businesses are similarly protected by having service capabilities that exist in both of our East and West Coast data center facilities. Our critical data services (including digital certificates, domain name registration, telecommunications services and global resolution) use advanced storage systems that provide data protection through techniques such as mirroring and replication.

 

Marketing, Sales and Distribution

 

We market our services worldwide through multiple distribution channels, including the Internet, direct sales, telesales, direct marketing through all media, mass merchandisers, value-added resellers, systems integrators and our VeriSign Affiliates. A significant portion of our Network Solutions revenues to date has been generated through sales from our Web sites. We intend to increase our direct sales force in the Internet Services Group and the Telecommunication Services Group both in the United States and abroad, and to expand our other distribution channels in both businesses.

 

Our direct sales and marketing organization at December 31, 2002 consisted of approximately 700 individuals, including managers, sales representatives, marketing and technical and customer support personnel. We have field sales offices throughout the world. Additionally, our sales are currently being made through multiple channels including wholesale and retail distributors, resellers and direct sales throughout the world.

 

We believe our customer base is diversified and is not concentrated in any particular industry. In each of the past three fiscal years, no single customer has accounted for 10 percent or more of our revenues.

 

Research and Development

 

As of December 31, 2002, we had approximately 400 employees dedicated to research and development. Research and development expenses were $48.4 million in 2002, $78.1 million in 2001 and $41.3 million in 2000. To date, all development costs have been expensed as incurred. We believe that timely development of new and enhanced Internet-based trust services and technology are necessary to remain competitive in the marketplace. Accordingly, we intend to continue recruiting and hiring experienced research and development personnel and to make additional investments in research and development.

 

Our future success will depend in large part on the ability to continue to maintain and enhance our current technologies and services. In the past, we have developed our services both independently and through efforts with leading application developers and major customers. We have also, in certain circumstances, acquired or licensed technology from third parties, including public key cryptography technology from RSA Security Inc. (“RSA”). Although we will continue to work closely with developers and major customers in our development

 

8


Table of Contents

efforts, we expect that most of the future enhancements to existing services and new services will be developed internally.

 

The markets for our services are dynamic, characterized by rapid technological developments, frequent new product introductions and evolving industry standards. The constantly changing nature of these markets and their rapid evolution will require us to continually improve the performance, features and reliability of our services, particularly in response to competitive offerings, and to introduce both new and enhanced services as quickly as possible and prior to our competitors.

 

Competition

 

Competition in Security Services.    Our security services are targeted at the new and rapidly evolving market for trusted services, including authentication, validation and payment, that enable secure electronic commerce and communications over wired and wireless IP networks. Although the competitive environment in this market has yet to develop fully, we anticipate that it will be intensely competitive, subject to rapid change and significantly affected by new product and service introductions and other market activities of industry participants.

 

Principal competitors generally fall within one of the following categories: (1) companies such as Baltimore Technologies and Entrust Technologies, which offer software applications and related digital certificate products that customers operate themselves; (2) companies such as Geo Trust and Digital Signature Trust Company (a subsidiary of Zions Bancorporation) that primarily offer digital certificate and certificate authority, or CA, related services; and (3) companies focused on providing a bundled offering of products and services such as Baltimore Technologies, which acquired GTE CyberTrust. We also experience competition from a number of smaller companies, and we believe that our primary long-term competitors may not yet have entered the market. Furthermore, Netscape and Microsoft have introduced software products that enable the issuance and management of digital certificates, and we believe that other companies could introduce similar products. Additionally, RSA has entered into the digital certificate market, and our business could be harmed by RSA’s competition.

 

In addition, browser companies that embed our interface technologies or otherwise feature them as a provider of digital certificate products and services in their Web browsers or on their Web sites could also promote our competitors or charge us substantial fees for promotions in the future. New technologies and the expansion of existing technologies may increase competitive pressure. We cannot assure that competing technologies developed by others or the emergence of new industry standards will not adversely affect our competitive position or render our security services or technologies noncompetitive or obsolete. In addition, the market for digital certificates is emerging and is characterized by announcements of collaborative relationships involving our competitors. The existence or announcement of any such relationships could adversely affect our ability to attract and retain customers. As a result of the foregoing and other factors, we may not be able to compete effectively with current or future competitors, and competitive pressures that we face could materially harm our business.

 

Competition in Managed Security Services.    We face competition from companies providing managed security services, including Guardent and Ubizen, as well as competition from network security product companies like Symantec, Internet Security Systems, TruSecure, and RedSiren. In addition, we also compete against large systems integrators and consulting firms, such as IBM Global Services and EDS.

 

Competition in Digital Brand Management Services.    We face competition from companies providing services similar to some of our Digital Brand Management Services. In the registration and domain name asset management area of our business, our competition comes from Register.com among other companies. In monitoring services, competition comes from various smaller companies providing similar services.

 

9


Table of Contents

 

Competition in Registry Services.    In November 2000, ICANN announced selections for several new gTLDs that, once launched, will directly compete with the .com and .net gTLDs, as well as the ccTLDs offered by us. The gTLDs, .biz and .info, were launched in 2001. The latest gTLDs launched in 2002 or expected to be launched in 2003 include .name, .pro, .aero, .museum and .coop. These gTLDs are available for registration through ICANN accredited registrars. In addition, we currently face competition from the over 240 ccTLD registry operators who compete directly for the business of entities and individuals that are seeking to establish a Web presence.

 

We also face competition from registry service providers that offer outsourced DNS and registration services to organizations that require a reliable and scalable infrastructure. Among the competitors are NeuLevel, Affilias, Register.com and Tucows.com.

 

Competition in Telecommunications Services.    The market for telecommunications services is extremely competitive and subject to significant pricing pressure. Competition in this area arises from two primary sources. Large incumbent carriers provide competing services in their regions as a result of regulatory requirements to promote competition. In addition, we face direct competition on a nationwide basis from unregulated carriers, including Telecommunications Services, Inc., or TSI, and Southern New England Telephone, a unit of SBC Communications. Our prepaid wireless services also compete with services offered by Boston Communications Group, Amdocs, Convergys Corporation and TSI.

 

Competition in Domain Name Registration and Value-Added Services.    The domain name registration service market is extremely competitive and subject to significant pricing pressure. We currently face competition among registrars within the gTLDs like .com, .net and ..org and in the future will face competition among registrars within all new top-level domains. As of February 28, 2003, there were over 180 ICANN-accredited registrars. Our competitors include BulkRegister.com, Deutsche Telekom, France Telecom/Transpac, Go-Daddy Software, Melbourne IT, Register.com and Tucows.com, Inc. that register second-level domain names in .com, .net, .org and the other gTLDs. We also face competition from third-level domain name providers such as Internet access providers and registrars of ccTLDs. The market for ccTLDs is largely dominated by other providers, especially providers domiciled in the home country of major ccTLDs such as .de and .uk. In addition, we face substantial competition from other providers of value-added Web presence services such as e-mail providers, Web site designers, Internet service providers, Web hosting companies and others.

 

Several of our current and potential competitors have longer operating histories and significantly greater financial, technical, marketing and other resources than we do and therefore may be able to respond more quickly than we can to new or changing opportunities, technologies, standards and customer requirements. Many of these competitors also have broader and more established distribution channels that may be used to deliver competing products or services directly to customers through bundling or other means. If such competitors were to bundle competing products or services for their customers, the demand for our products and services might be substantially reduced and the ability to distribute our products successfully and the utilization of our services would be substantially diminished. New technologies and the expansion of existing technologies may increase the competitive pressure.

 

Industry Regulation

 

Domain Name Registration.    The cooperative agreement, which Network Solutions entered into with the National Science Foundation in December 1992, provided that we would perform Internet domain name registration services for the top-level domains, or TLDs, .com, .net, .org, .edu and .gov. With the onset of increased commercial growth of the Internet, the U.S. Government initiated activity directed at increased privatization of the policy-making and central administration of the Internet. Within the U.S. Government, leadership for the continued privatization of Internet administration is currently provided by the Department of Commerce.

 

10


Table of Contents

 

On November 10, 1999, we entered into a series of wide-ranging agreements. These agreements included the following:

 

  a registry agreement between us and ICANN under which we will continue to act as the exclusive registry for the .com and .net TLDs for at least four years from that date. This agreement was subsequently replaced with three new registry agreements on May 25, 2001;

 

  a revised registrar accreditation agreement between ICANN and all registrars registering names in the .com, .net and .org domains;

 

  a revised registrar license and agreement between us as registry and all registrars registering names in the .com, .net and .org domains using our proprietary shared registration system;

 

  an amendment to the cooperative agreement; and

 

  an amendment to the Memorandum of Understanding between the U.S. Government and ICANN.

 

Our registry agreement with ICANN was replaced by three new agreements on May 25, 2001, one for .com, one for .net and one for .org. The term of the .com registry agreement extends until November 10, 2007 with a 4-year renewal option. The term of the .net registry agreement extends at least until November 10, 2003 and possibly until June 30, 2005 provided certain specified criteria are met, at which time the .net registry services will be put out for competitive bid by ICANN, a process in which we will be allowed to participate. By its terms, the .org registry agreement was terminated on December 31, 2002, at which time we began to transition the .org registry services to a new registry operator selected by ICANN.

 

The description of these agreements are qualified in their entirety by the text of the complete agreements that are filed as exhibits to the periodic reports indicated in the index to the exhibits contained in Part IV of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 

PKI Services.    Some of our security services incorporate encryption technology. Exports of software products utilizing encryption technology are generally restricted by the United States and various non-United States governments. Although we have obtained approval to export our server digital certificate service, and none of our other digital trust services are currently subject to export controls under United States law, the list of products and countries for which export approval is required could be revised in the future to include more digital certificate products and related services. It is possible that the terrorist acts of September 11, 2001 and subsequent events will increase the scrutiny of, and further government restrictions on, exportation of software products utilizing encryption technology. If we do not obtain required approvals, we may not be able to sell some of our digital trust services in international markets.

 

There are currently no federal laws or regulations that specifically control certificate authorities, but a limited number of states have enacted legislation or regulations with respect to certificate authorities. If we do not comply with these state laws and regulations, we will lose the statutory benefits and protections that would be otherwise afforded to us. Moreover, if our market for digital certificates grows, the United States federal, state, or foreign governments may choose to enact further regulations governing certificate authorities or other providers of digital certificate products and related services. These regulations or the costs of complying with these regulations could harm our business.

 

Telecommunications Services.    One service provided by the Telecommunication Services Group is currently subject to Federal Communications Commission (“FCC”) regulation. This service allows wireless users who are “roaming” in areas where their home carrier has not made arrangements for automatic roaming service to complete calls to domestic and international destinations. The Telecommunication Services Group has been authorized by the FCC to provide this service. Further, our telecommunications customers are subject to FCC regulation, which indirectly affects our telecommunications services business. We cannot predict when, or upon what terms and conditions, further regulation or deregulation might occur or the effect of regulation or

 

11


Table of Contents

deregulation on our business. Several services that we offer may be indirectly affected by regulations imposed upon potential users of those services, which may increase our costs of operations. In addition, future services we may provide could be subject to direct government regulation.

 

Intellectual Property

 

We rely primarily on a combination of copyrights, trademarks, service marks, patents, restrictions on disclosure and other methods to protect our intellectual property. We also enter into confidentiality and/or assignment agreements with our employees, consultants and current and potential affiliates, customers and business partners. We also generally control access to and distribution of documentation and other proprietary information.

 

We have been issued numerous patents in the United States and abroad, covering a wide range of our technology. Additionally, we have filed numerous patent applications with respect to certain of our technology in the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office and foreign patent offices. The national or international patent offices may not award any patents with respect to these applications.

 

We have obtained U.S. and foreign trademark registrations for various VeriSign marks. We have also filed numerous applications to register VeriSign trademarks and claims, and have common law rights in many other proprietary names. We take steps to enforce and police VeriSign’s marks.

 

With regard to our security services, we also rely on certain licensed third-party technology, such as public key cryptography technology licensed from RSA and other technology that is used in our security services to perform key functions. RSA has granted us a perpetual, royalty-free, nonexclusive, worldwide license to use RSA’s products relating to certificate issuing, management and processing functionality. We develop services that contain or incorporate the RSA BSAFE products and that relate to digital certificate-issuing software, software for the management of private keys and for digitally signing computer files on behalf of others, software for customers to preview and forward digital certificate requests to them. RSA’s BSAFE product is a software tool kit that allows for the integration of encryption and authentication features into software applications.

 

With regard to our domain name registration services, our principal intellectual property consists of, and our success is dependent upon, proprietary software used in our registration service business and certain methodologies and technical expertise we use in both the design and implementation of our current and future registration services and Internet-based products and services businesses, including the conversion of internationalized domain names. We own our proprietary shared registration system through which competing registrars, including our registrars, submit .com and .net second-level domain name registrations. Some of the software and protocols used in our registration services are in the public domain or are otherwise available to our competitors.

 

With regard to our payment services business, we rely on proprietary software and technology covering many aspects of e-commerce transactions such as electronic funds transfers, stored value cards, and multi-currency transactions. In addition, we have strategic relationships with third parties involved in e-commerce transactions, such as issuing banks. Our strategic relationships are governed by agreements that set out our intellectual property rights.

 

With regard to our telecommunication services, we offer a wide variety of services, including networking, database, and billing services, each of which are protected by trade secret, patents and/or patent applications. We have entered into agreements with third-party providers and licensors to provide full services to our customers.

 

Employees

 

As of December 31, 2002, we had approximately 3,200 full-time employees. Of the total, approximately 1,500 were employed in operations, approximately 700 in sales and marketing, approximately 400 in research

 

12


Table of Contents

and development and approximately 600 in finance and administration, including information services personnel. We have never had a work stoppage, and no employees are represented under collective bargaining agreements. We consider our relations with our employees to be good. Our ability to achieve our financial and operational objectives depends in large part upon our continued ability to attract, integrate, train, retain and motivate highly qualified sales, technical and managerial personnel, and upon the continued service of our senior management and key sales and technical personnel, none of whom is bound by an employment agreement. Competition for qualified personnel in our industry and in some of our geographical locations is intense, particularly for software development personnel.

 

Segment Information

 

Historically, we have operated our business in two segments: the Enterprise and Service Provider Division and the Mass Markets Division. Beginning in the first quarter of 2003, VeriSign realigned its business segments. The new service-based business segments consist of the Internet Services Group, the Telecommunication Services Group and Network Solutions described above. Segment information based on our previous structure that was in effect throughout 2002, 2001 and 2000 is set forth in Note 13 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements referred to in Item 8 below and is incorporated herein by reference.

 

Factors That May Affect Future Results of Operations

 

In addition to other information in this Form 10-K, the following risk factors should be carefully considered in evaluating us and our business because these factors currently have a significant impact or may have a significant impact on our business, operating results or financial condition. Actual results could differ materially from those projected in the forward-looking statements contained in this Form 10-K as a result of the risk factors discussed below and elsewhere in this Form 10-K.

 

Our telecommunications services business depends on the acceptance of our SS7 network and the telecommunications market’s continuing use of SS7 technology.

 

Our future growth depends, in part, on the commercial success and reliability of our SS7 network. Our SS7 network is a vital component of our intelligent network services, which had been an increasing source of revenues for our Illuminet Holdings subsidiary. Our network services business will suffer if our target customers do not use our SS7 network. Our future financial performance will also depend on the successful development, introduction and customer acceptance of new and enhanced SS7-based services. We are not certain that our target customers will choose our particular SS7 network solution or continue to use our SS7 network. In the future, we may not be successful in marketing our SS7 network or any new or enhanced services. Rapid changes in the telecommunications industry have led to the merging of many companies. Our business could be harmed if these mergers result in the loss of customers by our Telecommunication Services Group.

 

The inability of our customers to successfully implement our signaling and network services with their existing systems could adversely affect our business.

 

Significant technical challenges exist in our signaling and network services business because many of our customers:

 

  purchase and implement SS7 network services in phases;

 

  deploy SS7 connectivity across a variety of telecommunication switches and routes; and

 

  integrate our SS7 network with a number of legacy systems, third-party software applications and engineering tools.

 

Customer implementation currently requires participation by our order management and our engineering and operations groups, each of which has limited resources. Some customers may also require us to develop

 

13


Table of Contents

costly customized features or capabilities, which increase our costs and consume a disproportionate share of our limited customer service and support resources. Also, we typically charge one-time flat rate fees for initially connecting a customer to our SS7 network and a monthly recurring flat rate fee after the connection is established. If new or existing customers have difficulty deploying our products or require significant amounts of our engineering service support, we may experience reduced operating margins. Our customers’ ability to deploy our network services to their own customers and integrate them successfully within their systems depends on our customers’ capabilities and the complexity involved. Difficulty in deploying those services could reduce our operating margins due to increased customer support and could cause potential delays in recognizing revenues until the services are implemented.

 

Our failure to achieve or sustain market acceptance of our signaling and intelligent network services at desired pricing levels could impact our ability to maintain profitability or positive cash flow.

 

The telecommunications industry is characterized by significant price competition. Competition and industry consolidation in our telecommunications services could result in significant pricing pressure and an erosion in our market share. Pricing pressure from competition could cause large reductions in the selling price of our services. For example, our competitors may provide customers with reduced communications costs for Internet access or private network services, reducing the overall cost of services and significantly increasing pricing pressures on us. We would need to offset the effects of any price reductions by increasing the number of our customers, generating higher revenues from enhanced services or reducing our costs, and we may not be able to do so successfully. We believe that the business of providing network connectivity and related network services will see increased consolidation in the future. Consolidation could decrease selling prices and increase competition in these industries, which could erode our market share, revenues and operating margins in our Telecommunication Services Group.

 

Our business depends on the future growth of the Internet and adoption and continued use of IP networks.

 

Our future success substantially depends on growth in the use of the Internet and IP networks. If the use of and interest in the Internet and IP networks does not grow, our business would be harmed. To date, many businesses and consumers have been deterred from utilizing the Internet and IP networks for a number of reasons, including, but not limited to:

 

  potentially inadequate development of network infrastructure;

 

  security concerns, particularly for online payments, including the potential for merchant or user impersonation and fraud or theft of stored data and information communicated over IP networks;

 

  privacy concerns, including the potential for third parties to obtain personally identifiable information about users or to disclose or sell data without notice to or the consent of such users;

 

  other security concerns such as attacks on popular Web sites by “hackers;”

 

  inconsistent quality of service;

 

  lack of availability of cost-effective, high-speed systems and services;

 

  limited number of local access points for corporate users;

 

  inability to integrate business applications on IP networks;

 

  the need to operate with multiple and frequently incompatible products;

 

  limited bandwidth access;

 

  government regulation; and

 

  a lack of tools to simplify access to and use of IP networks.

 

14


Table of Contents

 

The widespread acceptance of the Internet and IP networks will require a broad acceptance of new methods of conducting business and exchanging information. Organizations that already have invested substantial resources in other methods of conducting business may be reluctant to adopt new methods. Also, individuals with established patterns of purchasing goods and services and effecting payments may be reluctant to change.

 

We have not been and in the future may not be able to sustain the revenue growth we experienced in the past from our Network Solutions services, which revenue depends in part upon our ability to renew domain name registrations.

 

In 2000, the demand for new domain name registrations in our Network Solutions Web presence business increased substantially, in part as a result of our promotional programs, in which we accepted domain name registrations at significant discounts or without charge, and from registrations by entities who registered domain names with the hopes of reselling them. Many of those domain names have not been renewed after their two-year anniversary date. Further, many of the entrepreneurial and start-up businesses, begun in 2000 and earlier, have declined or failed. The future success of our Network Solutions business will depend, among other things, upon our customers’ renewal of their domain name registrations and upon our ability to obtain new domain name registrations and to successfully market our value-added product and services to our domain name registrants. Registrants may choose to renew their domain names with other registrars or they may choose not to renew and pay for renewal of their domain names. Since we deactivate and delete domain name registrations that are not paid for, the inability to obtain domain name registration renewals or new registrations from customers could have an adverse effect on our revenues, deferred revenue and our Network Solutions business.

 

Issues arising from implementing agreements with ICANN and the Department of Commerce could harm our domain name registration business.

 

The Department of Commerce, or DOC, has adopted a plan for a phased transition of the DOC’s responsibilities for the domain name system to the Internet Corporation for Assigned Names and Numbers, or ICANN. We face risks from this transition, including the following:

 

  ICANN could adopt or promote policies, procedures or programs that are unfavorable to our role in the registration of domain names or that are inconsistent with our current or future plans;
  the DOC or ICANN could terminate our agreements to be the registry for the .com or .net gTLDs, or a registrar for existing and new gTLDs if they find that we are in violation of our agreements with them;

 

  if our agreements to be the registry for the .com or .net top-level domains, or a registrar for existing and new top-level domains are terminated, we may not be able to sustain the revenue growth we experienced in recent periods;

 

  the terms of the registrar accreditation contract could change, as a result of an ICANN-adopted policy, in a manner that is unfavorable to us;

 

  the DOC’s or ICANN’s interpretation of provisions of our agreements with either of them could differ from ours;

 

  the DOC could revoke its recognition of ICANN, as a result of which the DOC would take the place of ICANN for purposes of the various agreements described above, and could take actions that are harmful to us;

 

  the U.S. Government could refuse to transfer certain responsibilities for domain name system administration to ICANN due to security, stability or other reasons, resulting in fragmentation or other instability in domain name system administration; and

 

  our registry or registrar businesses could face legal or other challenges resulting from our activities or the activities of other registrars.

 

15


Table of Contents

 

Challenges to ongoing privatization of Internet administration could harm our domain name registration business.

 

Risks we face from challenges by third parties, including other domestic and foreign governmental authorities, to our role in the ongoing privatization of the Internet include:

 

  legal, regulatory or other challenges could be brought, including challenges to the agreements governing our relationship with the DOC or ICANN, or to the legal authority underlying the roles and actions of the DOC, ICANN or us;

 

  Congress has held several hearings in which various issues about the domain name system and ICANN’s practices have been raised and Congress could take action that is unfavorable to us;

 

  ICANN could fail to maintain its role, potentially resulting in instability in domain name system administration; and

 

  some foreign governments and governmental authorities have in the past disagreed with, and may in the future disagree with, the actions, policies or programs of ICANN, the U.S. Government and us relating to the domain name system. These foreign governments or governmental authorities may take actions or adopt policies or programs that are harmful to our business.

 

Our operating results may fluctuate and our future revenues and profitability are uncertain.

 

Our operating results have varied and may fluctuate significantly in the future as a result of a variety of factors, many of which are outside our control. These factors include the following:

 

  the long sales and implementation cycles for, and potentially large order sizes of, some of our digital trust services and the timing and execution of individual customer contracts;

 

  volume of domain name registrations and customer renewals through our Network Solutions business and our Registry Services business;

 

  competition in the domain name registration services business from competing registrars and registries;

 

  the mix of all our services sold during a period;

 

 

  our success in marketing and market acceptance of our managed security and network services, domain name registration and value added services, Web trust services, payment services and telecommunications services by our existing customers and by new customers;

 

  continued development of our direct and indirect distribution channels, both in the U.S. and abroad;

 

  a decrease in the level of spending for information technology related products and services by enterprise customers;

 

  our success in assimilating the operations and personnel of any acquired businesses;

 

  the seasonal fluctuations in consumer use of telecommunications services;

 

  the impact of price changes in our managed security and network services, domain name registration and value added services, Web trust services, payment services and telecommunications services or our competitors’ products and services; and

 

  general economic and market conditions as well as economic and market conditions specific to IP network, telecommunications and Internet industries.

 

Our operating expenses may increase. If an increase in our expenses is not accompanied by a corresponding increase in our revenues, our operating results will suffer, particularly as revenues from many of our services are recognized ratably over the term of the service, rather than immediately when the customer pays for them, unlike our sales and marketing expenditures, which are expensed in full when incurred.

 

16


Table of Contents

 

Due to all of the above factors, our revenues and operating results are difficult to forecast. Therefore, we believe that period-to-period comparisons of our operating results will not necessarily be meaningful, and you should not rely upon them as an indication of future performance. Also, operating results may fall below our expectations and the expectations of securities analysts or investors in one or more future periods. If this were to occur, the market price of our common stock would likely decline.

 

Our operating results may be adversely affected by the uncertain geopolitical environment and unfavorable economic and market conditions.

 

Adverse economic conditions worldwide have contributed to downturns in the telecommunications and technology industries and may continue to impact our business, resulting in:

 

  reduced demand for our products as a result of a decrease in information technology and telecommunications spending by our customers;

 

  increased price competition for our products; and

 

  higher overhead costs as a percentage of revenues.

 

Recent political turmoil in many parts of the world, including terrorist and military actions, may continue to put pressure on global economic conditions. If the economic and market conditions in the United States and globally do not improve, or if they deteriorate further, we may continue to experience material adverse impacts on our business, operating results, and financial condition as a consequence of the above factors or otherwise. We do not expect the trend of lower information technology and telecommunications spending among service providers to reverse itself in the near term.

 

Our limited operating history under our current business structure may result in significant fluctuations of our financial results.

 

We were incorporated in April 1995, and began introducing our services in June 1995. In addition, we completed several acquisitions in 2000 and 2001, including our acquisitions of Network Solutions and Illuminet Holdings, and in February 2002 we completed our acquisition of H.O. Systems. Network Solutions, Illuminet Holdings and H.O. Systems operated in different businesses from our then current business. Therefore, we have only a limited operating history on which to base an evaluation of our consolidated business and prospects. Our success will depend on many factors, including, but not limited to, the following:

 

  the successful integration of the acquired companies;

 

  the use of IP networks for electronic commerce and communications;

 

  the timing and execution of individual customer contracts, particularly large contracts;

 

  the extent to which digital certificates and domain names are used for electronic commerce or communications;

 

  growth in the number of Web sites;

 

  growth in demand for our services;

 

  the continued evolution of electronic commerce as a viable means of conducting business;

 

  the competition for any of our services;

 

  the perceived security of electronic commerce and communications over IP networks;

 

  the perceived security of our services, technology, infrastructure and practices;

 

  the significant lead times before a product or service begins generating revenues;

 

17


Table of Contents

 

  the varying rates at which telecommunications companies, telephony resellers and Internet service providers use our services;

 

  the loss of customers through industry consolidation, or customer decisions to deploy in-house technology; and

 

  our continued ability to maintain our current, and enter into additional, strategic relationships.

 

To address these risks we must, among other things:

 

  successfully market our services to new and existing customers;

 

  attract, integrate, train, retain and motivate qualified personnel;

 

  respond to competitive developments;

 

  successfully introduce new services; and

 

  successfully introduce enhancements to our services to address new technologies and standards and changing market conditions.

 

We have sold our products to companies as part of broader business relationships and revenues from these contracts may not be indicative of future revenues.

 

We have purchased products and services from companies and participated in financings of companies with whom we have entered into separate contractual arrangements for the distribution and sale of our products and services. We derived approximately 1.1% of our total revenues in 2002, approximately 3.8% of our total revenues in 2001 and no revenues in 2000 from reciprocal arrangements. Typically in these relationships, under separate agreements, we sell our products and services to a company and that company sells to us their products and services. We also derived approximately 2.2% of our total revenues in 2002, approximately 6.5% of our total revenues in 2001 and approximately 2.8% of our revenues in 2000 from customers with whom we have participated in a private equity round of financing, including several of the VeriSign Affiliates, as well as various technology companies in a variety of related market areas. We may not be able to sustain the revenue growth we have experienced in recent periods if we do not continue to participate in business relationships of this nature. In addition, past revenue growth may not be indicative of future operating results.

 

We may face difficulties assimilating and may incur costs associated with acquisitions.

 

We made several acquisitions in 2002, 2001 and 2000 and may pursue acquisitions in the future. We could experience difficulty in integrating the personnel, products, technologies or operations of companies we acquire. Assimilating acquired businesses involves a number of other risks, including, but not limited to:

 

  the potential disruption of our ongoing business;

 

  the potential impairment of relationships with our employees, customers and strategic partners;

 

  unanticipated costs or the incurrence of unknown liabilities;

 

  the need to manage more geographically-dispersed operations, such as our offices in the states of Kansas, Illinois, Pennsylvania, Texas, Virginia, and Washington, and in Europe and South Africa;

 

  greater than expected costs and the diversion of management’s resources from other business concerns involved in identifying, completing and integrating acquisitions;

 

  the inability to retain the employees of the acquired businesses;

 

  adverse effects on the existing customer relationships of acquired companies;

 

  the difficulty of assimilating the operations and personnel of the acquired businesses;

 

18


Table of Contents

 

  the potential incompatibility of business cultures;

 

  any perceived adverse changes in business focus;

 

  entering into markets and acquiring technologies in areas in which we have little experience;

 

  our inability to incorporate acquired technologies successfully into our operations infrastructure;

 

  the need to incur debt, which may reduce our cash available for operations and other uses, or issue equity securities, which may dilute the ownership interests of our existing stockholders; and

 

  the inability to maintain uniform standards, controls, procedures and policies.

 

If we are unable to successfully address any of these risks for future acquisitions, our business could be harmed.

 

Additionally, there is risk that we may incur additional expenses associated with a write-off of a portion of goodwill and other intangible assets, as was the case when we recorded a charge of approximately $4.6 billion in the second quarter of 2002 and $9.9 billion in the second quarter of 2001 related to write-downs of goodwill due to changes in market conditions for acquisitions. Under generally accepted accounting principles, we are required to evaluate goodwill for impairment on an annual basis and to evaluate other intangible assets as events or circumstances indicate that such assets may be impaired. These evaluations could result in further write-downs of goodwill or other intangible assets.

 

Our failure to manage past and future growth in our business could harm our business.

 

Between December 31, 1995 and December 31, 2002, we grew from 26 to almost 3,200 employees. This was achieved through internal growth, as well as acquisitions. During this time period, we opened new sales offices and significantly expanded our U.S. and non-U.S. operations. To successfully manage past growth and any future growth, we will need to continue to implement additional management information systems, continue the development of our operating, administrative, financial and accounting systems and controls and maintain close coordination among our executive, engineering, accounting, finance, marketing, sales and operations organizations. Any failure to manage growth effectively could harm our business.

 

Some of our investments in other companies have resulted in losses and may result in losses in the future.

 

We have investments in a number of companies. In most instances, these investments are in the form of equity and debt securities of private companies for which there is no public market. These companies are typically in the early stage of development and may be expected to incur substantial losses. Therefore, these companies may never become publicly traded. Even if they do, an active trading market for their securities may never develop and we may never realize any return on these investments. Further, if these companies are not successful, we could incur charges related to write-downs or write-offs of these types of assets. During 2002, we recorded losses due to investment write-downs of $170.9 million, and as of December 31, 2002, we held investments totaling $158.4 million, which included both publicly and non-publicly traded securities. During 2001, we determined that the decline in value of some of our public and private equity security investments was other-than-temporary and recognized a loss of $89.1 million related to the decline in value of these investments. Due to the inherent risk associated with some of our investments, and in light of current stock market conditions, we may incur future losses on the sales, write-downs or write-offs of our investments.

 

Our industry is highly competitive and, if we do not compete effectively, we may suffer price reductions, reduced gross margins and loss of market share.

 

Security services.    We anticipate that the market for services that enable trusted and secure electronic commerce and communications over IP networks will remain intensely competitive. We compete with larger and

 

19


Table of Contents

smaller companies that provide products and services that are similar to some aspects of our security services. Our competitors may develop new technologies in the future that are perceived as being more secure, effective or cost efficient than the technology underlying our security services. We expect that competition will increase in the near term, and that our primary long-term competitors may not yet have entered the market.

 

Increased competition could result in pricing pressures, reduced margins or the failure of our security services to achieve or maintain market acceptance, any of which could harm our business. Several of our current and potential competitors have longer operating histories and significantly greater financial, technical, marketing and other resources. As a result, we may not be able to compete effectively.

 

Telecommunications services.    We face competition from large, well-funded regional providers of SS7 network services and related products, such as regional Bell operating companies, TSI and Southern New England Telephone, a unit of SBC Communication. The prepaid wireless account management and unregistered user services of National Telemanagement Corporation, a subsidiary of ours, faces competition from Boston Communications Group, Amdocs, Convergys Corporation and TSI. We are also aware of major Internet service providers, software developers and smaller entrepreneurial companies that are focusing significant resources on developing and marketing products and services that will compete directly with ours.

 

Registry Services and Network Solutions.    Seven new generic top-level domain registries, .aero, .biz, ..coop, .info, .museum, .name and .pro, recently began, or soon are expected to begin, accepting domain name registrations. Since we do not act as a registry for these new top-level domains, we do not receive the annual registry fee for domain name registrations under these top-level domains. The commencement of registrations in these new top-level domains could have the effect of reduced demand for .com and .net domain name registrations. If the new top-level domains reduce the demand for domain name registrations in .com and .net, our business could be materially harmed.

 

The domain name registration service market is extremely competitive and subject to significant pricing pressure. We currently face competition among registrars within the gTLDs like .com, .net and .org and in the future will face competition among registrars within all new top-level domains. Our competitors include BulkRegister.com, Deutsche Telekom, France Telecom/Transpac, Go-Daddy Software, Melbourne IT, Register.com and Tucows.com, Inc. that register second-level domain names in .com, .net, .org and the other gTLDs. We also face competition from third-level domain name providers such as Internet access providers and registrars of ccTLDs. We face substantial competition from other providers of value-added Web presence services such as e-mail providers, Web site designers, Internet service providers, Web site hosting companies and others. If Network Solutions is not able to compete effectively, our registrar business could be materially harmed.

 

The agreements among ICANN, the DOC, us and other registrars permit flexibility in pricing for and term of registrations. Our revenues, therefore, could be reduced due to pricing pressures, bundled service offerings and variable terms from our competitors. Some registrars and resellers in the .com and .net top-level domains charge lower prices for registration services in those domains. In addition, other entities are bundling, and may in the future bundle, domain name registrations with other products or services at reduced rates or for free.

 

Our industry markets are evolving, and if these markets fail to develop or if our products are not widely accepted in these markets, our business could suffer.

 

We target our security services at the market for trusted and secure electronic commerce and communications over IP networks. This is a rapidly evolving market that may not continue to grow.

 

Accordingly, the demand for our security services is very uncertain. Even if the market for electronic commerce and communications over IP networks grows, our security services may not be widely accepted. The

 

20


Table of Contents

factors that may affect the level of market acceptance of digital certificates and, consequently, our security services include the following:

 

  market acceptance of products and services based upon authentication technologies other than those we use;

 

  public perception of the security of digital certificates and IP networks;

 

  the ability of the Internet infrastructure to accommodate increased levels of usage; and

 

  government regulations affecting electronic commerce and communications over IP networks.

 

If the market for electronic commerce and communications over IP networks does not grow or our security services are not widely accepted in market, our business would be materially harmed.

 

Our inability to introduce and implement technological changes in our industry could harm our business.

 

The emerging nature of the Internet, digital certificate business, the domain name registration business and payment services business, and their rapid evolution, require us continually to improve the performance, features and reliability of our services, particularly in response to competitive offerings. We must also introduce any new services, as quickly as possible. The success of new services depends on several factors, including proper new service definition and timely completion, introduction and market acceptance. We may not succeed in developing and marketing new services that respond to competitive and technological developments and changing customer needs. This could harm our business.

 

The telecommunications network services industry is also characterized by rapid technological change and frequent new product and service announcements. Significant technological changes could make our technology obsolete. We must adapt to our rapidly changing market by continually improving the responsiveness, reliability and features of our network and by developing new network features, services and applications to meet changing customer needs. We cannot assure that we will be able to adapt to these challenges or respond successfully or in a cost-effective way to adequately meet them. Our failure to do so would adversely affect our ability to compete and retain customers or market share. We sell our SS7 network services primarily to traditional telecommunications companies that rely on traditional voice networks. Many emerging companies are providing convergent Internet protocol-based network services. Our future revenues and profits, if any, could depend upon our ability to provide products and services to these Internet protocol-based telephony providers.

 

If we encounter system interruptions, we could be exposed to liability and our reputation and business could suffer.

 

We depend on the uninterrupted operation of our various domain name registration systems, secure data centers and other computer and communication networks. Our systems and operations are vulnerable to damage or interruption from:

 

  power loss, transmission cable cuts and other telecommunications failures;

 

  damage or interruption caused by fire, earthquake, and other natural disasters;

 

  computer viruses or software defects; and

 

  physical or electronic break-ins, sabotage, intentional acts of vandalism, terrorist attacks and other events beyond our control.

 

Most of our systems are located at, and most of our customer information is stored in, our facilities in Mountain View, California and Kawasaki, Japan, both of which are susceptible to earthquakes, Dulles and Leesburg, Virginia, Lacey, Washington and Overland Park, Kansas. Though we have back-up power resources, our California locations are susceptible to electric power shortages similar to those experienced during 2001.

 

21


Table of Contents

All of our domain name registration services systems, including those used in our domain name registry and registrar business are located at our Dulles and Leesburg, Virginia facilities. Any damage or failure that causes interruptions in any of these facilities or our other computer and communications systems could materially harm our business.

 

In addition, our ability to issue digital certificates and register domain names depends on the efficient operation of the Internet connections from customers to our secure data centers and our various registration systems as well as from customers to our registrar and from our registrar and other registrars to the shared registration system. These connections depend upon the efficient operation of Web browsers, Internet service providers and Internet backbone service providers, all of which have had periodic operational problems or experienced outages in the past. Any of these problems or outages could decrease customer satisfaction, which could harm our business.

 

A failure in the operation of our various registration systems, our domain name zone servers, the domain name root servers, or other events could result in the deletion of one or more domain names from the Internet for a period of time. A failure in the operation of our shared registration system could result in the inability of one or more other registrars to register and maintain domain names for a period of time. A failure in the operation or update of the master database that we maintain could result in the deletion of one or more top-level domains from the Internet and the discontinuation of second-level domain names in those top-level domains for a period of time. The inability of our registrar systems, including our back office billing and collections infrastructure, and telecommunications systems to meet the demands of a large number of domain name registration requests and corresponding customer e-mails and telephone calls, including speculative, otherwise abusive and repetitive e-mail domain name registration and modification requests, could result in substantial degradation in our customer support service and our ability to process, bill and collect registration requests in a timely manner.

 

If we experience security breaches, we could be exposed to liability and our reputation and business could suffer.

 

We retain certain confidential customer information in our secure data centers and various registration systems. It is critical to our business strategy that our facilities and infrastructure remain secure and are perceived by the marketplace to be secure. Our domain name registry operations also depend on our ability to maintain our computer and telecommunications equipment in effective working order and to reasonably protect our systems against interruption, and potentially depend on protection by other registrars in the shared registration system. The root zone servers and top-level domain name zone servers that we operate are critical hardware to our registry services operations. Therefore, we may have to expend significant time and money to maintain or increase the security of our facilities and infrastructure.

 

Despite our security measures, our infrastructure may be vulnerable to physical break-ins, computer viruses, and attacks by hackers or similar disruptive problems. It is possible that we may have to expend additional financial and other resources to address such problems. Any physical or electronic break-in or other security breach or compromise of the information stored at our secure data centers and domain name registration systems may jeopardize the security of information stored on our premises or in the computer systems and networks of our customers. In such an event, we could face significant liability and customers could be reluctant to use our security services. Such an occurrence could also result in adverse publicity and therefore, adversely affect the market’s perception of the security of electronic commerce and communications over IP networks as well as of the security or reliability of our services.

 

Capacity limits on our technology and network hardware and software may be difficult to project and we may not be able to expand and upgrade our systems to meet increased use.

 

As traffic from our telecommunication customers through our network increases, we will need to expand and upgrade our technology and network hardware and software. We may not be able to accurately project the

 

22


Table of Contents

rate of increase in usage on our network. In addition, we may not be able to expand and upgrade, in a timely manner, our systems and network hardware and software capabilities to accommodate increased traffic on our network. If we do not appropriately expand and upgrade our systems and network hardware and software, we may lose customers and revenues.

 

We depend on key personnel to manage our business effectively.

 

We depend on the performance of our senior management team and other key employees. Our success will also depend on our ability to attract, integrate, train, retain and motivate these individuals and additional highly skilled technical and sales and marketing personnel, both in the U.S. and abroad. In addition, our stringent hiring practices for some of our key personnel, which consist of background checks into prospective employees’ criminal and financial histories, further limit the number of qualified persons for these positions.

 

We have no employment agreements with any of our key executives that prevent them from leaving VeriSign at any time. In addition, we do not maintain key person life insurance for any of our officers or key employees. The loss of the services of any of our senior management team or other key employees or failure to attract, integrate, train, retain and motivate additional key employees could harm our business.

 

We rely on third parties who maintain and control root zone servers and route Internet communications.

 

We currently administer and operate only two of the 13 root zone servers. The others are administered and operated by independent operators on a volunteer basis. Because of the importance to the functioning of the Internet of these root zone servers, our registry services business could be harmed if these volunteer operators fail to maintain these servers properly or abandon these servers, which would place additional capacity demands on the two root zone servers we operate.

 

Further, our registry services business could be harmed if any of these volunteer operators fails to include or provide accessibility to the data that it maintains in the root zone servers that it controls. In the event and to the extent that ICANN is authorized to set policy with regard to an authoritative root server system, as provided in our registry agreement with ICANN, it is required to ensure that the authoritative root will point to the top-level domain zone servers designated by us. If ICANN does not do this, our business could be harmed.

 

Our Web presence services and registry services businesses also could be harmed if a significant number of Internet service providers decided not to route Internet communications to or from domain names registered by us or if a significant number of Internet service providers decided to provide routing to a set of domain name servers that did not point to our domain name zone servers.

 

Our signaling and network services reliance on third-party communications infrastructure, hardware and software exposes us to a variety of risks we cannot control.

 

Our signaling and network services success will depend on our network infrastructure, including the capacity leased from telecommunications suppliers. In particular, we rely on AT&T, WorldCom, Sprint and other telecommunications providers for leased long-haul and local loop transmission capacity. These companies provide the dedicated links that connect our network components to each other and to our customers. Our business also depends upon the capacity, reliability and security of the infrastructure owned by third parties that is used to connect telephone calls. Specifically, we currently lease capacity from regional partners on seven of the fourteen mated pairs of SS7 signal transfer points that comprise our network. We have no control over the operation, quality or maintenance of a significant portion of that infrastructure or whether or not those third parties will upgrade or improve their equipment. We depend on these companies to maintain the operational integrity of our connections. If one or more of these companies is unable or unwilling to supply or expand its levels of service to us in the future, our operations could be severely interrupted. In addition, rapid changes in the telecommunications industry have led to the merging of many companies. These mergers may cause the

 

23


Table of Contents

availability, pricing and quality of the services we use to vary and could cause the length of time it takes to deliver the services that we use to increase significantly. We rely on links, equipment and software provided to us from our vendors, the most important of which are gateway equipment and software from Tekelec and Agilent Technologies, Inc. We cannot assure you that we will be able to continue to purchase equipment from these vendors on acceptable terms, if at all. If we are unable to maintain current purchasing terms or ensure product availability with these vendors, we may lose customers and experience an increase in costs in seeking alternative suppliers of products and services.

 

We must establish and maintain strategic and other relationships.

 

One of our significant business strategies has been to enter into strategic or other similar collaborative relationships in order to reach a larger customer base than we could reach through our direct sales and marketing efforts. We may need to enter into additional relationships to execute our business plan. We may not be able to enter into additional, or maintain our existing, strategic relationships on commercially reasonable terms. If we fail to enter into additional relationships, we would have to devote substantially more resources to the distribution, sale and marketing of our security services, telecommunications services and Network Solutions services than we would otherwise.

 

Our success in obtaining results from these relationships will depend both on the ultimate success of the other parties to these relationships, particularly in the use and promotion of IP networks for trusted and secure electronic commerce and communications, and on the ability of these parties to market our Internet Services Group services successfully.

 

Furthermore, our ability to achieve future growth will also depend on our ability to continue to establish direct seller channels and to develop multiple distribution channels, particularly with respect to our Network Solutions business. To do this we must maintain relationships with Internet access providers and other third parties. Failure of one or more of our strategic relationships to result in the development and maintenance of a market for our domain name registration and value-added services could harm our business. Many of our existing relationships do not, and any future relationships may not, afford us any exclusive marketing or distribution rights. In addition, the other parties may not view their relationships with us as significant for their own businesses. Therefore, they could reduce their commitment to us at any time in the future. These parties could also pursue alternative technologies or develop alternative products and services either on their own or in collaboration with others, including our competitors. If we are unable to maintain our relationships or to enter into additional relationships, this could harm our business.

 

Some of our services have lengthy sales and implementation cycles.

 

We market many of our Internet Services Group services directly to large companies and government agencies. The sale and implementation of our services to these entities typically involves a lengthy education process and a significant technical evaluation and commitment of capital and other resources. This process is also subject to the risk of delays associated with customers’ internal budgeting and other procedures for approving large capital expenditures, deploying new technologies within their networks and testing and accepting new technologies that affect key operations. As a result, the sales and implementation cycles associated with certain of our Internet Services Group services can be lengthy, potentially lasting from three to six months. Our quarterly and annual operating results could be materially harmed if orders forecasted for a specific customer for a particular quarter are not realized.

 

Undetected or unknown defects in our services could harm our business and future operating results.

 

Services as complex as those we offer or develop frequently contain undetected defects or errors. Despite testing, defects or errors may occur in our existing or new services, which could result in loss of or delay in revenues, loss of market share, failure to achieve market acceptance, diversion of development resources, injury

 

24


Table of Contents

to our reputation, tort or warranty claims, increased insurance costs or increased service and warranty costs, any of which could harm our business. Furthermore, we often provide implementation, customization, consulting and other technical services in connection with the implementation and ongoing maintenance of our services, which typically involves working with sophisticated software, computing and communications systems. Our failure or inability to meet customer expectations in a timely manner could also result in loss of or delay in revenues, loss of market share, failure to achieve market acceptance, injury to our reputation and increased costs.

 

Services offered by our Internet Services Group rely on public key cryptography technology that may compromise our system’s security.

 

Services offered by our Internet Services Group depend on public key cryptography technology. With public key cryptography technology, a user is given a public key and a private key, both of which are required to perform encryption and decryption operations. The security afforded by this technology depends on the integrity of a user’s private key and that it is not lost, stolen or otherwise compromised. The integrity of private keys also depends in part on the application of specific mathematical principles known as “factoring.” This integrity is predicated on the assumption that the factoring of large numbers into their prime number components is difficult. Should an easy factoring method be developed, the security of encryption products utilizing public key cryptography technology would be reduced or eliminated. Furthermore, any significant advance in techniques for attacking cryptographic systems could also render some or all of our existing PKI services obsolete or unmarketable. If improved techniques for attacking cryptographic systems were ever developed, we would likely have to reissue digital certificates to some or all of our customers, which could damage our reputation and brand or otherwise harm our business. In the past there have been public announcements of the successful attack upon cryptographic keys of certain kinds and lengths and of the potential misappropriation of private keys and other activation data. This type of publicity could also hurt the public perception as to the safety of the public key cryptography technology included in our digital certificates. This negative public perception could harm our business.

 

The expansion of our international operations subjects our business to additional economic risks that could have an adverse impact on our revenues and business.

 

Revenues from international subsidiaries and VeriSign Affiliates accounted for approximately 9% of our revenues in 2002, 13% in 2001 and 14% in 2000. We intend to expand our international operations and international sales and marketing activities. For example, in addition to our past acquisitions of THAWTE with operations in South Africa and Network Solutions with operations in Asia and Europe, we have continued to focus on expanding our operations and marketing activities throughout Asia, Europe and Latin America. Expansion into these markets has required and will continue to require significant management attention and resources. We may also need to tailor our services for a particular market and to enter into international distribution and operating relationships. We have limited experience in localizing our services and in developing international distribution or operating relationships. We may not succeed in expanding our services into international markets. Failure to do so could harm our business. In addition, there are risks inherent in doing business on an international basis, including, among others:

 

  competition with foreign companies or other domestic companies entering the foreign markets in which we operate;

 

  regulatory requirements;

 

  legal uncertainty regarding liability and compliance with foreign laws;

 

  export and import restrictions on cryptographic technology and products incorporating that technology;

 

  tariffs and other trade barriers and restrictions;

 

  difficulties in staffing and managing foreign operations;

 

25


Table of Contents

 

  longer sales and payment cycles;

 

  problems in collecting accounts receivable;

 

  currency fluctuations, as all of our international revenues from VeriSign Japan, K.K. and VeriSign Australia Limited and our wholly-owned subsidiaries in South Africa and Europe are not denominated in U.S. Dollars;

 

  difficulty of authenticating customer information;

 

  political instability;

 

  failure of foreign laws to protect our U.S. proprietary rights adequately;

 

  more stringent privacy policies in foreign countries;

 

  additional vulnerability from terrorist groups targeting American interests abroad;

 

  seasonal reductions in business activity; and

 

  potentially adverse tax consequences.

 

Failure of VeriSign Affiliates to follow our security and trust practices or to maintain the privacy or security of confidential customer information could have an adverse impact on our revenues and business.

 

We have licensed to VeriSign Affiliates our Processing Center platform, which is designed to replicate our own secure data centers and allows the affiliate to offer back-end processing of PKI services for enterprises. The VeriSign Processing Center platform provides a VeriSign Affiliate with the knowledge and technology to offer PKI services similar to those offered by us. It is critical to our business strategy that the facilities and infrastructure used in issuing and marketing digital certificates remain secure and we are perceived by the marketplace to be secure. Although we provide the VeriSign Affiliate with training in security and trust practices, network management and customer service and support, these practices are performed by the affiliate and are outside of our control.

 

Any failure of a VeriSign Affiliate to maintain the privacy or security of confidential customer information could result in negative publicity and therefore, adversely affect the market’s perception of the security of our services as well as the security of electronic commerce and communication over IP networks generally.

 

We cannot assure you that the European Union Directive on electronic signatures will stimulate acceptance of our security services or will not be amended in ways which may have an adverse impact on our revenues and business.

 

In July 2001, we enhanced our managed public key infrastructure services processes in order to satisfy the European Union Directive on electronic signatures, which we hope will stimulate the acceptance of digital signatures in Europe. We cannot guarantee that our enhancements to the services will be accepted by, or introduced and marketed successfully in, the European markets. Nor can we guarantee that member nations of the European Union will implement the Directive in a manner that furthers acceptance of our services. In addition, we cannot predict whether the European Union Commission will amend or alter the directive or introduce new legislation, nor can we predict the impact such a change in legislation could have on our international business and operations.

 

We rely on our intellectual property, and any failure by us to protect, or any misappropriation of, our intellectual property could harm our business.

 

Our success depends on our internally developed technologies and other intellectual property. Despite our precautions, it may be possible for a third-party to copy or otherwise obtain and use our trade secrets or

 

26


Table of Contents

other forms of our intellectual property without authorization. Furthermore, the laws of foreign countries may not protect our proprietary rights in those countries to the same extent U.S. law protects these rights in the United States. In addition, it is possible that others may independently develop substantially equivalent intellectual property. If we do not effectively protect our intellectual property, our business could suffer. In the future, we may have to resort to litigation to enforce our intellectual property rights, to protect our trade secrets or to determine the validity and scope of the proprietary rights of others. This type of litigation, regardless of its outcome, could result in substantial costs and diversion of management and technical resources.

 

We also license third-party technology, such as public key cryptography technology licensed from RSA and other technology that is used in our products, to perform key functions. These third-party technology licenses may not continue to be available to us on commercially reasonable terms or at all. Our business could suffer if we lost the rights to use these technologies. A third-party could claim that the licensed software infringes a patent or other proprietary right. Litigation between the licensor and a third-party or between us and a third-party could lead to royalty obligations for which we are not indemnified or for which indemnification is insufficient, or we may not be able to obtain any additional license on commercially reasonable terms or at all. The loss of, or our inability to obtain or maintain, any of these technology licenses could delay the introduction of our Internet infrastructure services until equivalent technology, if available, is identified, licensed and integrated. This could harm our business.

 

Our services employ technology that may infringe the proprietary rights of others, and we may be liable for significant damages as a result.

 

Infringement or other claims could be made against us in the future. Any claims, with or without merit, could be time-consuming, result in costly litigation and diversion of technical and management personnel, cause delays or require us to develop non-infringing technology or enter into royalty or licensing agreements. Royalty or licensing agreements, if required, may not be available on acceptable terms or at all. If a successful claim of infringement were made against us and we could not develop non-infringing technology or license the infringed or similar technology on a timely and cost-effective basis, our business could be harmed.

 

In addition, legal standards relating to the validity, enforceability, and scope of protection of intellectual property rights in Internet-related businesses are uncertain and still evolving. Because of the growth of the Internet and Internet-related businesses, patent applications are continuously and simultaneously being filed in connection with Internet-related technology. There are a significant number of U.S. and foreign patents and patent applications in our areas of interest, and we believe that there has been, and is likely to continue to be, significant litigation in the industry regarding patent and other intellectual property rights. For example, we have had two complaints filed against us in February 2001 and September 2001 alleging patent infringement. (See Part I, Item 3, “Legal Proceedings.”)

 

Compliance with new rules and regulations concerning corporate governance may be costly and could harm our business.

 

The Sarbanes-Oxley Act, which was signed into law in July 2002, mandates, among other things, that companies adopt new corporate governance measures and imposes comprehensive reporting and disclosure requirements, sets stricter independence and financial expertise standards for audit committee members and imposes increased civil and criminal penalties for companies, their chief executive officers and chief financial officers and directors for securities law violations. In addition, The NASDAQ National Market, on which our common stock is traded, is also considering the adoption of additional comprehensive rules and regulations relating to corporate governance. These laws, rules and regulations will increase the scope, complexity and cost of our corporate governance, reporting and disclosure practices, which could harm our results of operations and divert management’s attention from business operations. We also expect these developments to make it more difficult and more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, and we may be required to accept reduced coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain coverage. Further, our board members,

 

27


Table of Contents

Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer could face an increased risk of personal liability in connection with the performance of their duties. As a result, we may have difficulty attracting and retaining qualified board members and executive officers, which could harm our business.

 

Proposed regulations related to equity compensation could adversely affect our ability to attract and retain key personnel.

 

Since our inception, we have used stock options and other long-term equity incentives as a fundamental component of our employee compensation packages. We believe that stock options and other long-term equity incentives directly motivate our employees to maximize long-term stockholder value and, through the use of vesting, encourage employees to remain with VeriSign. The Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”), among other agencies and entities, is currently considering changes to US GAAP that, if implemented, would require us to record a charge to earnings for employee stock option grants. This proposal would negatively impact our earnings. For example, recording a charge for employee stock options under Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation,” would have increased after tax loss by approximately $241 million, $264 million and $131 million for fiscal years 2002, 2001 and 2000, respectively. In addition, new regulations like those proposed by The NASDAQ Stock Market requiring shareholder approval for all stock option plans could make it more difficult for us to grant options to employees in the future. To the extent that new regulations make it more difficult or expensive to grant options to employees, we may incur increased cash compensation costs or find it difficult to attract, retain and motivate employees, either of which could materially harm our business.

 

We have anti-takeover protections that may delay or prevent a change in control that could benefit our stockholders.

 

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws contain provisions that could make it more difficult for a third-party to acquire us without the consent of our board of directors. These provisions include:

 

  our stockholders may take action only at a meeting and not by written consent;

 

  our board must be given advance notice regarding stockholder-sponsored proposals for consideration at annual meetings and for stockholder nominations for the election of directors;

 

  we have a classified board of directors, with the board being divided into three classes that serve staggered three-year terms;

 

  vacancies on our board may be filled until the next annual meeting of stockholders only by majority vote of the directors then in office; and

 

  special meetings of our stockholders may be called only by the chairman of the board, the president or the board, and not by our stockholders.

 

VeriSign has also adopted a stockholder rights plan that may discourage, delay or prevent a change of control and make any future unsolicited acquisition attempt more difficult. Under the rights plan:

 

  The rights will become exercisable only upon the occurrence of certain events specified in the plan, including the acquisition of 20% of VeriSign’s outstanding common stock by a person or group.

 

  Each right entitles the holder, other than an “acquiring person,” to acquire shares of VeriSign’s common stock at a 50% discount to the then prevailing market price.

 

VeriSign’s Board of Directors may redeem outstanding rights at any time prior to a person becoming an “acquiring person,” at a price of $0.001 per right. Prior to such time, the terms of the rights may be amended by VeriSign’s Board of Directors without the approval of the holders of the rights.

 

28


Table of Contents

 

ITEM 2.    PROPERTIES

 

VeriSign’s principal administrative, sales, marketing, research and development and operations facilities are located in Mountain View, California, Herndon and Dulles, Virginia and Lacey, Washington. We own our headquarters complex in Mountain View, California. This complex includes five buildings with a combined area of approximately 395,000 square feet. We also own our telecommunication services headquarters facility in Lacey, Washington. The remainder of our significant facilities are leased under agreements that expire at various dates through 2014.

 

VeriSign also leases other space for sales and support, and training offices in various locations throughout the United States. Internationally, we lease space in a number of different locations, including Tokyo, Japan; Kawasaki, Japan; Durbanville, South Africa; Sunderland, United Kingdom; Geneva, Switzerland; Woluwe-St. Pierre, Belgium; Oslo, Norway; Buenos Aires, Argentina; Sao Paulo, Brazil; and Malmo, Sweden. The significant sites are listed below, including approximate square footage.

 

Our success is largely dependent on the uninterrupted operation of our secure data centers and computer and communications systems. See Item 1 “Business—Factors That May Affect Future Results of Operations.” If we encounter system interruptions or security breaches, we could be exposed to liability and our reputation and business could suffer.

 

Major Locations


  

Approximate Square Footage


  

Use


United States:

         

13200 VeriSign Way

Herndon, VA

  

405,000

  

Engineering, Sales and Marketing, Finance and Administration, Network Solutions

455-685 East Middlefield Road

Mountain View, CA (owned)

  

395,000

  

Corporate Headquarters, Engineering, Sales and Marketing, Customer Service, Finance and Administration, Production Services

21355 Ridgetop Circle

Dulles, VA

  

160,000

  

Registry Services

4501 Intelco Loop S.E.

Lacey, Washington (owned)

  

67,000

  

Telecommunication Services Group Headquarters

7400 West 129th Street

Overland Park, Kansas

  

31,000

  

SS7 Network Control

Europe:

         

Sunderland Solar Building

    Phase VI, Sunderland

    United Kingdom

  

38,750

  

Sales and Marketing, Network Solutions

Blandonnet International Business Center
8, Chemin De Blandonnet
CH-1217 Vernier / Geneva
Switzerland

  

17,000

  

European Headquarters

Japan:

         

Nittobo Buildings

    13F, 8-1 Yaesu, 2-chome

    Chuo-ku, Tokyo, 104-0028

    Japan

  

15,200

  

Japan Headquarters

 

We believe that our current facilities are sufficient for our needs for the foreseeable future.

 

29


Table of Contents

 

ITEM 3.    LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

 

As of March 7, 2003, VeriSign and its subsidiary Network Solutions, Inc., were defendants in approximately 14 active lawsuits involving customer contractual disputes over domain name registrations and related services. These matters, either alone or collectively, are not expected to have a material impact on our domain name registration business or our financial statements.

 

On February 2, 2001, Leon Stambler filed a complaint against VeriSign in the United States District Court for the District of Delaware. Mr. Stambler alleged that VeriSign, and RSA Security, Inc., infringed various claims of his patents, U.S. Patent Nos. 5,793,302, 5,974,148 and 5,936,541. Mr. Stambler sought a judgment declaring that the defendants had infringed the asserted claims of the patents-in-suit, an injunction, damages for the alleged infringement, treble damages for willful infringement, and attorney fees and costs. Mr. Stambler settled the case against three other defendants: Openwave Systems, Inc., Certicom Corp. and First Data Corporation before trial. The trial began on February 24 and concluded with a jury verdict on March 7, 2003. On March 7, 2003, the jury returned a unanimous verdict for RSA Security Inc. and VeriSign and against Mr. Stambler on the four remaining patent claims in suit. The court had ruled earlier in the case on two other claims, also finding in favor of VeriSign and RSA Security, Inc.

 

On September 7, 2001, NetMoneyIN, an Arizona corporation, filed a complaint alleging patent infringement against us in the United States District Court for the District of Arizona. NetMoneyIN named thirty-three other defendants, including Mellon Financial Corporation, Bankcard Center Inc., FMT Corp., American Express Financial Advisors, Inc., Bank One Corp., Citibank, N.A. and Wells Fargo & Co. NetMoneyIN filed a second amended complaint on October 15, 2002, and motions to dismiss are likely to follow. The complaint alleges that part of VeriSign’s credit card approval process for purchases made on the Internet infringe certain claims of NetMoneyIN’s patents, U.S. Patent Nos. 5,822,737 and 5,963,917. The complaint requests the Court to enter judgment in favor of NetMoneyIN, a permanent injunction against the defendants from infringing the asserted claims, an order requiring the defendants to provide an accounting for NetMoneyIN’s damages, to pay NetMoneyIN such damages and three times that amount, and an order awarding NetMoneyIN attorney fees and costs. While we cannot predict the outcome of this matter, we believe that the allegations are without merit.

 

Beginning in May of 2002, several class action complaints were filed against VeriSign and certain of its current and former officers and directors in the United States District Court for the Northern District of California. These actions were consolidated under the heading In re VeriSign, Inc. Securities Litigation, Case No. C-02-2270 JW(HRL), on July 26, 2002. The consolidated action seeks unspecified damages for alleged violations of Sections 10(b) and 20(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and Rule 10b-5 promulgated thereunder, on behalf of a class of persons who purchased VeriSign stock from January 25, 2001 through April 25, 2002. An amended consolidated complaint was filed on November 8, 2002. Parallel derivative actions have also been filed against certain of VeriSign’s current and former officers and directors in state courts in California and Delaware. VeriSign is named as a nominal defendant in these actions. Several of these derivative actions were filed in Santa Clara County Superior Court of California, and these actions have since been consolidated under the heading In re VeriSign, Inc. Derivative Litigation, Case No. CV 807719. The consolidated derivative action seeks unspecified damages for alleged breaches of fiduciary duty and violations of the California Corporations Code. Defendants’ demurrer to these claims was granted with leave to amend on February 4, 2003 and proceedings in the action are temporarily stayed. Another derivative action was filed in the Court of Chancery New Castle County, Delaware, Case No. 19700-NC, alleging similar breaches of fiduciary duty. Defendants moved to dismiss these claims on November 4, 2002. VeriSign and the individual defendants dispute all of these claims, and intend to vigorously defend themselves against the allegations outlined herein.

 

We were a defendant in eleven lawsuits filed since April 2, 2002, related to a direct mail offer sent by our Internet domain name registrar to registrant-customers of other domain name registrars. Seven of these lawsuits were brought by or on behalf of domain name registrants. These seven domain name registrant cases were resolved in part through a settlement that received final approval on March 14, 2003. The remaining four were brought by or on behalf of domain name registrars or domain name registration intermediaries. Three of these

 

30


Table of Contents

registrar actions have been settled and dismissed, BulkRegister, Inc. v. VeriSign, Inc., Go Daddy Software, Inc. v. VeriSign, Inc., and Intercosmos, Inc. v. VeriSign, Inc. The remaining issues are not material.

 

On July 31, 2002, the company received a Civil Investigative Demand (CID) from the U.S. Federal Trade Commission (FTC) for information to determine whether or not the company’s domain name registration business may have violated Section 5 of the FTC Act. The CID requests information on the company’s registrar’s relationship with Interland, Inc., the registrar’s direct mail offer which began in April 2002, the registrar’s transfer practices, and the deletion of domain names.

 

We are involved in various other investigations, claims and lawsuits arising in the normal conduct of our business, none of which, in our opinion will harm our business. We cannot assure that we will prevail in any litigation. Regardless of the outcome, any litigation may require us to incur significant litigation expense and may result in significant diversion of management attention.

 

ITEM 4.    SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS

 

No matters were submitted to a vote of security holders during the quarter ended December 31, 2002.

 

ITEM 4A.    EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT

 

The following table sets forth certain information regarding the executive officers of VeriSign as of February 28, 2003:

 

Name


  

Age


  

Position


Stratton D. Sclavos

  

41

  

President, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board of Directors

Dana L. Evan

  

43

  

Executive Vice President, Finance and Administration and Chief Financial Officer

Quentin P. Gallivan

  

45

  

Executive Vice President, Worldwide Sales and Services

Robert J. Korzeniewski

  

45

  

Executive Vice President, Corporate and Business Development

F. Terry Kremian

  

55

  

Executive Vice President and General Manager, Telecommunication Services Group

Russell S. Lewis

  

48

  

Executive Vice President and General Manager, Registry Services

Judy Lin

  

38

  

Executive Vice President and General Manager, Security Services

W. G. Champion Mitchell

  

56

  

Executive Vice President, and President, Network Solutions

Aristotle Balogh

  

38

  

Senior Vice President, Operations and Infrastructure

William P. Fasig

  

39

  

Senior Vice President, Corporate Marketing and Corporate Affairs

James M. Ulam

  

46

  

Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary

 

Stratton D. Sclavos has served as President and Chief Executive Officer and as a director of VeriSign since he joined VeriSign in July 1995. In December 2001, he was named Chairman of the Board of Directors. From October 1993 to June 1995, he was Vice President, Worldwide Marketing and Sales of Taligent, Inc., a software development company that was a joint venture among Apple Computer, Inc., IBM and Hewlett-Packard. From May 1992 to September 1993, Mr. Sclavos was Vice President of Worldwide Sales and Business Development of GO Corporation, a pen-based computer company. Prior to that time, he served in various sales and marketing capacities for MIPS Computer Systems, Inc. and Megatest Corporation. Mr. Sclavos serves as a director of Juniper Networks, Inc., Keynote Systems, Inc., Intuit, Inc. and Marimba, Inc. Mr. Sclavos holds a B.S. degree in Electrical and Computer Engineering from the University of California at Davis.

 

Dana L. Evan has served as Executive Vice President of Finance and Administration and Chief Financial Officer since January 1, 2001. From June 1996 until December 31, 2000 she served as Vice President of Finance and Administration and Chief Financial Officer of VeriSign. From 1988 to June 1996, Ms. Evan worked as a financial consultant in the capacity of chief financial officer, vice president of finance or corporate controller for

 

31


Table of Contents

various public and private companies and partnerships, including VeriSign from November 1995 to June 1996. Prior to 1988, she was employed by KPMG LLP, most recently as a senior manager. Ms. Evan serves as a director of Liberate Technologies. Ms. Evan is a certified public accountant and holds a B.S. degree in Commerce with a concentration in Accounting and Finance from the University of Santa Clara.

 

Quentin P. Gallivan has served as Executive Vice President, Worldwide Sales and Services since April 1, 1999. From October 1997 to April 1, 1999, he served as Vice President of Worldwide Sales of VeriSign. From April 1996 to October 1997, he was Vice President for Asia Pacific and Latin America of Netscape, a software company. Prior to that time, from 1983 to March 1996, Mr. Gallivan was with General Electric Information Services, an electronic commerce services company, in several general management roles most recently as Vice President, Sales and Services for the Americas.

 

Robert J. Korzeniewski has served as Executive Vice President, Corporate and Business Development since joining VeriSign upon its acquisition of Network Solutions in June 2000. He served as Chief Financial Officer of Network Solutions from March 1996 to June 2000. Prior to joining Network Solutions, Mr. Korzeniewski held various senior financial positions at SAIC, the largest employee owned research and engineering company in the United States, from 1987 to March 1996. Mr. Korzeniewski is a certified public accountant and holds a B.S. degree in Business Administration from Salem State College.

 

F. Terry Kremian has served as Executive Vice President and General Manager, Telecommunication Services Group since joining VeriSign upon its acquisition of Illuminet Holdings in December 2001. He served as Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer of Illuminet Holdings from September 1998 until December 2001. Prior to that, he was Vice President—Marketing and Sales from November 1997. Mr. Kremian joined Illuminet Holdings from MCI, where he was employed since 1982, most recently as Director of Carrier Sales. Mr. Kremian holds a B.S. degree from the U.S. Naval Academy and a J.D. from the University of Maryland School of Law.

 

Russell S. Lewis has served as Executive Vice President and General Manager, Registry Services since February 2002. From March 2000 to February 2002, he served as Senior Vice President, Corporate Development of VeriSign. Since August 1999, he has served as President of Lewis Capital Group, LLC, an investment firm providing general business and merger and acquisition consulting services to growth-oriented firms. From 1994 to August 1999, he was President and Chief Executive Officer of TransCore, a supplier of electronic toll collections systems and advanced traffic management systems. Mr. Lewis serves as a director of Castle Energy Corporation and Delta Petroleum Corporation, companies engaged in oil and gas exploration and production, as well as the boards of several private companies. Mr. Lewis holds an M.B.A. degree with a concentration in finance and marketing from Harvard School of Business and a B.A. degree in Economics from Haverford College.

 

Judy Lin has served as Executive Vice President and General Manager, Security Services since January 2003. Since joining VeriSign in February 1996, Ms. Lin has served in a variety of management positions from Director of Core Technology to Vice President of Product Development. Prior to joining VeriSign, Ms. Lin served in a variety of software development and management roles at Taligent, Apple Computer and Hewlett-Packard. Ms. Lin holds dual B.A. degrees in Computer Science and European History from the University of California, Berkeley.

 

W. G. Champion Mitchell has served as Executive Vice President and General Manager, Mass Markets Division of VeriSign since August 2001. In January 2003, he was named President of Network Solutions. From 1999 until March 2000, he served as Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer of Convergence Equipment Company, a high technology telephone equipment manufacturer, and President of Global Communication Technologies, Inc., an Internet-based telecommunication carrier. From 1997 until early 1999, he served as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of GXC, Inc., the first entity to carry voice and facsimile telecommunications over the Internet using regular telephones. From 1996 to 1997, he served as the Special Counselor to the Board of Directors and Chairman of True North Communications, a holding company for

 

32


Table of Contents

advertising and other marketing companies. Mr. Mitchell holds an A.B. degree in English and a J.D. from the University of North Carolina.

 

Aristotle Balogh has served as Senior Vice President, Operations and Infrastructure since March 2002. From 1999 to 2002, Mr. Balogh served as Vice President of Engineering of VeriSign. Prior to that, he headed System Architecture, Infrastructure, Quality Assurance and Operations for Network Solutions. Prior to joining Network Solutions, Mr. Balogh held a variety of senior engineer and management roles at SRA Corporation, UPS’s Roadnet Technologies, and Westinghouse Electric Corporation. Mr. Balogh holds a B.S. in Electrical Engineering and Computer Science and an M.S.E. in Electrical and Computer Engineering from the Whiting School of Engineering at Johns Hopkins University.

 

William P. Fasig has served as Senior Vice President, Corporate Marketing and Corporate Affairs of VeriSign since January 2003. From April 2001 to December 2002, he served as Senior Vice President, Corporate Marketing Services of VeriSign. From July 2000 to October 2000 he served as Vice President, Corporate Communications of Compaq Computer Corporation, a leading global provider of information technology products, services and solutions for enterprise customers. From November 1996 to July 2000 he was with Young & Rubicam, Inc., a diversified global marketing and communications organization, in several general management roles most recently as Chairman and Managing Director, Burston-Marsteller Technology Practice, a division of Young & Rubicam. Mr. Fasig holds an M.A. degree in Government/National Securities Studies from Georgetown University and a B.A. degree in Political Science from Wheaton College.

 

James M. Ulam has served as Senior Vice President and General Counsel since October 2001, and as Vice President and General Counsel since joining VeriSign upon its acquisition of Network Solutions in June 2000, and as Secretary of VeriSign since November 2000. From October 1996 to June 2000, he served in a variety of positions for Network Solutions, including Corporate Counsel and Assistant General Counsel. Prior to joining Network Solutions, he was a Contracts Attorney for SAIC, the largest employee owned research and engineering company in the United States, from April 1995 until October 1996. Prior to that he was in the private practice of law at Wells, Moore, Stubblefield and Neeld from March 1994 to March 1995 and at Ott & Purdy from March 1992 until March 1994. Mr. Ulam holds a B.S. degree in Business Administration from the University of Maryland and a J.D. from the Mississippi College School of Law.

 

33


Table of Contents

 

PART II

 

ITEM 5.    MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON STOCK AND RELATED SHAREHOLDER

MATTERS

 

Price Range of Common Stock

 

VeriSign’s common stock is traded on The NASDAQ National Market under the symbol “VRSN.” The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, the high and low closing prices per share for our common stock as reported by The NASDAQ National Market:

 

    

Price Range


    

High


  

Low


Year ended December 31, 2003:

             

First Quarter (through February 28, 2003)

  

$

10.67

  

$

7.09

Year ended December 31, 2002:

             

Fourth Quarter

  

$

10.59

  

$

4.13

Third Quarter

  

 

8.79

  

 

4.83

Second Quarter

  

 

27.00

  

 

7.19

First Quarter

  

 

38.06

  

 

22.71

Year ended December 31, 2001:

             

Fourth Quarter

  

$

53.34

  

$

36.73

Third Quarter

  

 

60.50

  

 

34.16

Second Quarter

  

 

67.66

  

 

28.00

First Quarter

  

 

91.94

  

 

32.00

 

On February 28, 2003, there were 1,021 holders of record of our common stock although we believe there are in excess of 100,000 beneficial owners. On February 28, 2003, the reported last sale price of our common stock was $7.71 per share.

 

The market price of our common stock has been and is likely to continue to be highly volatile and significantly affected by factors such as:

 

  general market and economic conditions and market conditions affecting technology and Internet stocks generally;

 

  announcements of technological innovations, acquisitions or investments, developments in Internet governance or corporate actions such as stock splits; and

 

  industry conditions and trends.

 

The market price of our common stock also has been and is likely to continue to be significantly affected by expectations of analysts and investors. Reports and statements of analysts do not necessarily reflect our views. The fact that we have in the past met or exceeded analyst or investor expectations does not necessarily mean that we will do so in the future.

 

In the past, securities class action lawsuits have often followed periods of volatility in the market price of a particular company’s securities. This type of litigation could result in substantial costs and a diversion of our management’s attention and resources.

 

We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our common stock or other securities and we do not anticipate paying cash dividends in the foreseeable future. We currently intend to retain our earnings, if any, for future growth.

 

34


Table of Contents

 

ITEM 6.    SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

 

The following selected consolidated financial data are derived from our consolidated financial statements. This data should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and notes thereto, and with Item 7, Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations. We made acquisitions in 2002, 2001, 2000 and 1999, each of which was accounted for as a purchase. Accordingly, the results of the acquired companies’ operations are included in our consolidated financial statements from their respective dates of acquisition.

 

    

Five Years Ended December 31,


 
    

2002


    

2001


    

2000


    

1999


  

1998


 
    

(In thousands, except per share data)

 

Consolidated Statement of Operations Data:

                                          

Revenues

  

$

1,221,668

 

  

$

983,564

 

  

$

474,766

 

  

$

84,776

  

$

38,930

 

Net income (loss) (1)

  

 

(4,961,297

)

  

 

(13,355,952

)

  

 

(3,115,474

)

  

 

3,955

  

 

(19,743

)

Basic net income (loss) per share(1)

  

 

(20.97

)

  

 

(65.64

)

  

 

(19.57

)

  

 

.04

  

 

(.24

)

Diluted net income (loss) per share(1)

  

 

(20.97

)

  

 

(65.64

)

  

 

(19.57

)

  

 

.03

  

 

(.24

)

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

                                          

Total assets(1)

  

 

2,391,318

 

  

 

7,537,508

 

  

 

19,195,222

 

  

 

341,166

  

 

64,295

 

Long-term debt(2)

  

 

13,044

 

  

 

800

 

  

 

—  

 

  

 

—  

  

 

—  

 

Stockholders’ equity(1)

  

 

1,579,425

 

  

 

6,506,074

 

  

 

18,470,608

 

  

 

298,359

  

 

40,728

 


(1) We adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets,” and as a result, $5.0 billion of goodwill, net of accumulated amortization, including workforce in place that was subsumed into goodwill on the date of adoption, ceased to be amortized. The 1998 to 2001 consolidated financial data include amortization of goodwill and workforce in place totaling $3.4 billion in 2001 and $3.0 billion in 2000. We recorded no amortization of goodwill and workforce in place in 1999 or 1998.
(2) The current portion of long-term debt payable is included in accounts payable and accrued liabilities and the non-current portion is included in other long-term liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

 

35


Table of Contents

 

ITEM 7.    MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

 

Except for historical information, this Report contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933 and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. These forward-looking statements involve risks and uncertainties, including, among other things, statements regarding our anticipated costs and expenses and revenue mix. Forward-looking statements include, among others, those statements including the words “expects,” “anticipates,” “intends,” “believes” and similar language. Our actual results may differ significantly from those projected in the forward-looking statements. Factors that might cause or contribute to such differences include, but are not limited to, those discussed in Item 1 “Business—Factors That May Affect Future Results of Operations.” You should carefully review the risks described in other documents we file from time to time with the Securities and Exchange Commission, including the Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q or Current Reports on Form 8-K that we file in 2003. You are cautioned not to place undue reliance on the forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the date of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. We undertake no obligation to publicly release any revisions to the forward-looking statements or reflect events or circumstances after the date of this document.

 

Overview

 

VeriSign, Inc. is a leading provider of critical infrastructure services that enable Web site owners, enterprises, communications service providers, e-commerce service providers and individuals to engage in secure digital commerce and communications. Our services include three core offerings: Internet security and registry services, telecommunications services, and Web presence services. We market our products and services through our direct sales force, telesales operations, member organizations in our global affiliate network, value-added resellers, service providers, and our Web sites.

 

Beginning in the first quarter of 2003, we realigned our business segments. We are organized into three service-based lines of business: the Internet Services Group, the Telecommunication Services Group, and Network Solutions. The Internet Services Group consists of two business units: Security Services and Registry Services. Our Security Services business unit provides products and services to organizations who want to establish and deliver secure Internet-based services for their customers including: managed security and network services, Web trust services and payment services. Our Registry Services business unit acts as the exclusive registry of domain names in the .com and .net gTLDs and certain ccTLDs.

 

The Telecommunication Services Group provides specialized services to telecommunications carriers. Service offerings include the Signaling System 7, or SS7, network, as either part of the connectivity, switching and transport function of the SS7 network or as intelligent network services delivered over the SS7 network. SS7 is an industry-standard system of protocols and procedures that is used to control telephone communications and provide routing information in association with vertical calling features, such as calling card validation, advanced intelligent network services, local number portability, wireless services, toll-free number database access and caller identification. The Telecommunication Services Group also offers advanced billing and customer care services to wireless carriers.

 

Through our Network Solutions subsidiary, we provide digital identity through domain name registration services, and value-added services, such as e-mail, Web site creation tools, Web site hosting and other e-commerce enabling offerings. We register second-level domain names in the .com, .net, .org, .biz and .info gTLDs, as well as selected ccTLDs, such as .uk and .tv, around the world, enabling individuals, companies and organizations to establish a unique identity on the Internet. Our customers apply to register second-level domain names either directly through our Web sites or indirectly through our channel partner wholesalers, Internet service providers, telecommunications companies and others. We accept registrations and re-registrations in annual or multi-year increments for periods up to ten years.

 

36


Table of Contents

 

We also provide other digital identity and Web presence value-added products and services through our Web site storefront, such as Network Solutions-hosted domain names, Web sites from Network Solutions, Web forwarding (which allows a customer to forward Internet traffic from one Web site to another) and Network Solutions mail.

 

The management’s discussion and analysis that follows is based on our previous structure that was in effect throughout 2002, 2001 and 2000. For more information on both our previous structure and our new service-based business segments, please refer to Note 13 of our Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

Enterprise and Service Provider Division

 

The Enterprise and Service Provider Division provides the following types of services: managed security and network services, registry services and telecommunications services.

 

Managed security and network services include our traditional public key infrastructure, or PKI, services for enterprises or members of our VeriSign Affiliate program, enterprise consulting and management services, digital brand management services and managed domain name services.

 

We are the exclusive registry of domain names within the .com and .net gTLDs under agreements with the Internet Corporation for Assigned Names and Numbers, or ICANN, and the Department of Commerce, or DOC. We maintain the master directory of all second-level domain names in these top-level domains. We own and maintain the shared registration system that allows all registrars to enter new second-level domain names into the master directory and to submit modifications, transfers, re-registrations and deletions for existing second-level domain names.

 

We provide specialized services to telecommunications carriers through our Illuminet Holdings and H.O. Systems subsidiaries. Illuminet Holdings’ service offerings include the Signaling System 7, or SS7, network as either part of the connectivity, switching and transport function of the SS7 network or as intelligent network services delivered over the SS7 network. SS7 is an industry-standard system of protocols and procedures that is used to control telephone communications and provide routing information in association with vertical calling features, such as calling card validation, advanced intelligent network services, local number portability, wireless services, toll-free number database access and caller identification. H.O. Systems offers advanced billing and customer care services to wireless carriers.

 

Mass Markets Division

 

The Mass Markets Division provides the following types of Web-related services: Web presence services, Web trust services and payment services.

 

Through our Web presence services, we provide digital identity through domain name registration services and value-added services, such as e-mail, Web site creation tools and other e-commerce enabling offerings. We register second-level domain names in the .com, .net, .org, .biz and .info generic top-level domains, as well as selected country code top-level domains, such as .uk and .tv, around the world, enabling individuals, companies and organizations to establish a unique identity on the Internet.

 

Web trust services include our Web server digital certificate services, which enable merchants to implement and operate secure Web sites that utilize the Secure Sockets Layer, or SSL, or Wireless Transport Layer Security, or WTLS, protocols. These services provide merchants with the means to identify themselves to consumers and to encrypt communications between consumers and their Web site.

 

Our payment services provide Internet merchants with the ability to securely and digitally authorize, capture and settle a variety of payment types using our Internet payment gateway.

 

37


Table of Contents

 

Acquisitions

 

In February 2002, we completed our acquisition of H.O. Systems, Inc., a provider of billing and customer care solutions to wireless carriers. We paid approximately $350 million in cash for all of the outstanding stock of H.O. Systems. The total purchase price was allocated to the tangible and intangible assets acquired and the liabilities assumed based on their respective fair values on the acquisition date. H.O. System’s results of operations were included in the consolidated financial statements from its date of acquisition.

 

In December 2001, we completed our acquisition of Illuminet Holdings, Inc., a provider of intelligent network and signaling services to telecommunications carriers. We issued approximately 30.6 million shares of our common stock for all of the outstanding shares of Illuminet Holdings and we also assumed all of Illuminet Holdings’ outstanding stock options. The acquisition has been accounted for as a purchase and, accordingly, the total purchase price of approximately $1.4 billion was allocated to the tangible and intangible assets acquired and the liabilities assumed based on their respective fair values on the acquisition date. As a result of our acquisition of Illuminet Holdings, we recorded goodwill of approximately $1.0 billion and other intangible assets of approximately $281 million. Illuminet Holdings’ results of operations have been included in the consolidated financial statements from its date of acquisition.

 

In addition, during 2001, we completed acquisitions of eleven privately held companies or acquired certain assets of privately held companies, which were not significant, either individually or in the aggregate. We issued approximately 939,000 shares of our common stock and paid approximately $151 million in cash in exchange for all of the outstanding shares of these companies. We also assumed certain of the companies’ outstanding stock options. Each of these transactions has been accounted for as a purchase and, accordingly, the results of the acquired companies’ operations are included in our consolidated financial statements from their respective dates of acquisition. As a result of these acquisitions, we recorded goodwill of approximately $252 million and unearned compensation of approximately $19 million.

 

During 2000, we completed our acquisitions of THAWTE Consulting (Pty) Ltd and Signio, Inc. in February and our acquisition of Network Solutions, Inc. in June. In addition, we completed acquisitions of several other privately held companies, which were not significant, either individually or in the aggregate. Each of these transactions has been accounted for as a purchase and, accordingly, the results of the acquired companies’ operations are included in our consolidated financial statements from their respective dates of acquisition.

 

Critical accounting policies and significant management estimates

 

The discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations are based upon our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. The preparation of these financial statements requires management to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses, and related disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities. On an ongoing basis, management evaluates its estimates, including those related to revenue recognition, allowance for doubtful accounts, investments and long-lived assets. Management bases its estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily available from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.

 

We believe the following critical accounting policies affect our more significant judgments and estimates used in preparing our consolidated financial statements.

 

Revenue recognition

 

We derive revenues from three primary categories of services: (i) security services, which include managed security and network services, Web trust services and payment services, and registry services;

 

38


Table of Contents

(ii) telecommunications services, which include connectivity, intelligent networks, wireless and clearinghouse services; and (iii) domain name registration services. The revenue recognition policy for each of these categories is as follows:

 

Domain Name Registration Services

 

Domain name registration revenues consist primarily of registration fees charged to customers and registrars for domain name registration services. Revenues from the initial registration or renewal of domain name registration services are deferred and recognized ratably over the registration term, generally one to two years and up to ten years.

 

Domain name registration renewal fees are estimated and recorded based on renewal and collection rates. Customers are notified of the expiration of their registration in advance, and we record the receivables for estimated renewal fees in the month preceding the anniversary date of their registration when we have a right to bill under the terms of our domain name registration agreements. The variance between the actual collections and the rate used to estimate the renewal fees is reflected in the setting of renewal rates for prospective periods. Fees for renewals and advance extensions to the existing term are deferred until the new incremental period commences. These fees are then recognized ratably over the new registration term, ranging from one to ten years.

 

Security Services and Registry Services

 

Revenues from the licensing of digital certificate technology and business process technology are derived from arrangements involving multiple elements including post-contract customer support, or PCS, training and other services. These licenses, which do not provide for right of return, are primarily perpetual licenses for which revenues are recognized up-front once all criteria for revenue recognition have been met.

 

Revenues from the sale or renewal of digital certificates are deferred and recognized ratably over the life of the digital certificate, generally 12 months. Revenues from the sale of managed PKI services are deferred and recognized ratably over the term of the license, generally 12 to 36 months. PCS is bundled with managed PKI services licenses and recognized over the license term.

 

We recognize revenues from issuances of digital certificates and business process licensing to VeriSign Affiliates in accordance with SOP 97-2, “Software Revenue Recognition,” as amended by SOP 98-9, and generally recognize revenues when all of the following criteria are met: (1) persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, (2) delivery has occurred, (3) the fee is fixed or determinable and (4) collectibility is probable. We define each of these four criteria as follows:

 

Persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists.    It is our customary practice to have a written contract, which is signed by both the customer and us, or a purchase order from those customers who have previously negotiated a standard license arrangement with us.

 

Delivery has occurred.    Our software may be either physically or electronically delivered to the customer. Electronic delivery is deemed to have occurred upon download by the customer from an FTP server. If an arrangement includes undelivered products or services that are essential to the functionality of the delivered product, delivery is not considered to have occurred until these products or services are delivered.

 

The fee is fixed or determinable.    It is our policy to not provide customers the right to a refund of any portion of its license fees paid. We may agree to payment terms with a foreign customer based on local customs. Generally, at least 80% of the arrangement fees are due within one year or less. Arrangements with payment terms extending beyond these customary payment terms are considered not to be fixed or determinable, and revenues from such arrangements are recognized as payments become due and payable.

 

Collectibility is probable.    Collectibility is assessed on a customer-by-customer basis. We typically sell to customers for whom there is a history of successful collection. New customers are subjected to a credit review process that evaluates the customer’s financial position and ultimately their ability to pay.

 

39


Table of Contents

 

If we determine from the outset of an arrangement that collectibility is not probable based upon our credit review process, revenues are recognized as cash is collected.

 

We allocate revenues on software arrangements involving multiple elements to each element based on the relative fair value of each element. Our determination of fair value of each element in multiple element arrangements is based on vendor-specific objective evidence of fair value, or VSOE. We limit our assessment of VSOE for each element to the price charged when the same element is sold separately. We have analyzed all of the elements included in our multiple-element arrangements and determined that we have sufficient VSOE to allocate revenues to PCS, professional services and training components of our perpetual license arrangements. We sell our professional services and training separately, and have established VSOE on this basis. VSOE for PCS is determined based upon the customer’s annual renewal rates for these elements. Accordingly, assuming all other revenue recognition criteria are met, revenues from perpetual licenses are recognized upon delivery using the residual method in accordance with SOP 98-9.

 

Our consulting services generally are not essential to the functionality of the software. Our software products are fully functional upon delivery and do not require any significant modification or alteration. Customers purchase these consulting services to facilitate the adoption of our technology and dedicate personnel to participate in the services being performed, but they may also decide to use their own resources or appoint other consulting service organizations to provide these services. Software products are billed separately and independently from consulting services, which are generally billed on a time-and-materials or milestone-achieved basis.

 

Revenues from consulting services are recognized using either the percentage-of-completion method or on a time-and-materials basis as work is performed. Percentage-of-completion is based upon the ratio of hours incurred to total hours estimated to be incurred for the project. We have a history of accurately estimating project status and the hours required to complete projects. If different conditions were to prevail such that accurate estimates could not be made, then the use of the completed contract method would be required and all revenue and costs would be deferred until the project was completed. Revenues from training are recognized as training is performed.

 

Revenues from third-party product sales are recognized when title to the products sold passes to the customer. Our shipping terms generally dictate that the passage of title occurs upon shipment of the products to the customer.

 

Revenues from payment services primarily consist of a set-up fee and a monthly service fee for the transaction processing services. In accordance with SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin (“SAB”) No. 101, “Revenue Recognition in Financial Statements,” revenues from set-up fees are deferred and recognized ratably over the period that the fees are earned. Revenues from the service fees are recognized ratably over the periods in which the services are provided. Advance customer deposits received are deferred and allocated ratably to revenue over the periods the services are provided.

 

Telecommunications Services

 

Revenues from telecommunications services are comprised of network connectivity revenues and intelligent network services revenues, and wireless billing and customer care services. Network connectivity revenues are derived from establishing and maintaining connection to our SS7 network and trunk signaling services. Revenues from network connectivity consist primarily of monthly recurring fees, and trunk signaling service revenues are charged monthly based on the number of switches to which a customer signals. The initial connection fee and related costs are deferred and recognized over the term of the arrangement. Intelligent network services, which include calling card validation, local number portability, wireless services, toll-free database access and caller identification are derived primarily from database administration and database query services and are charged on a per-use or per-query basis. Revenues from prepaid wireless account management services and unregistered wireless roaming services are based on the revenue retained by us and recognized in the period in which such

 

40


Table of Contents

calls are processed on a per-minute or per-call basis. Revenues from wireless billing and customer care services primarily represent a monthly recurring fee for every subscriber activated by our wireless carrier customers.

 

Clearinghouse services revenues are derived primarily from serving as a distribution and collection point for billing information and payment collection for services provided by one carrier to customers billed by another. Clearinghouse revenues are earned based on the number of messages processed. Included in prepaid expenses and other current assets are amounts from customers that are related to our telecommunications services for third-party network access, data base charges and clearinghouse toll amounts that have been invoiced and remitted to the customer.

 

Reciprocal Arrangements

 

On occasion, we have purchased goods or services for our operations from organizations at or about the same time that we licensed our software to these organizations. These transactions are recorded at terms we consider to be fair value. For these reciprocal arrangements, we consider Accounting Principles Board (“APB”) Opinion No. 29, “Accounting for Nonmonetary Transactions,” and Emerging Issues Task Force (“EITF”) Issue No. 01-02, “Interpretation of APB Opinion No. 29,” to determine whether the arrangement is a monetary or nonmonetary transaction. Transactions involving the exchange of boot representing 25% or greater of the fair value of the reciprocal arrangement are considered monetary transactions within the context of APB Opinion No. 29 and EITF Issue No. 01-02. Monetary transactions and nonmonetary transactions that represent the culmination of an earnings process are recorded at the fair value of the products delivered or products or services received, whichever is more readily determinable, provided that fair values are determinable within reasonable limits. In determining fair value, we consider the recent history of cash sales of the same products or services in similar sized transactions. Revenues from such transactions may be recognized over a period of time as the products or services are received. For nonmonetary reciprocal arrangements that do not represent the culmination of the earnings process, the exchange is recorded based on the carrying value of the products delivered, which is generally zero.

 

In 2002, we recognized revenues under reciprocal arrangements of approximately $14.0 million, of which $9.7 million involved nonmonetary transactions, as defined above. In 2001, we recognized revenues under reciprocal arrangements of approximately $37.5 million, of which $27.0 million involved nonmonetary transactions, as defined above. We did not recognize any revenues under reciprocal arrangements in 2000.

 

Allowance for doubtful accounts

 

We maintain allowances for doubtful accounts for estimated losses resulting from the inability of our customers to make required payments. We regularly review the adequacy of our accounts receivable allowance after considering the size of the accounts receivable balance, each customer’s expected ability to pay and our collection history with each customer. We review significant invoices that are past due to determine if an allowance is appropriate based on the risk category using the factors described above. In addition, we maintain a general reserve for all invoices by applying a percentage based on the age category. We also monitor our accounts receivable for concentration to any one customer, industry or geographic region. To date our receivables have not had any particular concentrations that, if not collected, would have a significant impact on our operating income. We require all acquired companies to adopt our credit policies. The allowance for doubtful accounts represents our best estimate, but changes in circumstances relating to accounts receivable may result in a requirement for additional allowances in the future.

 

Investments

 

We invest in debt and equity securities of technology companies for business and strategic purposes. Some of these companies are publicly traded and have highly volatile share prices. However, in most instances, these investments are in the form of equity and debt securities of private companies for which there is no public market. These companies are typically in the early stage of development and are expected to incur substantial

 

41


Table of Contents

losses in the near-term. Therefore, these companies may never become publicly traded. Even if they do, an active trading market for their securities may never develop and we may never realize any return on these investments. Further, if these companies are not successful, we could incur charges related to write-downs or write-offs of these investments.

 

We review our marketable equity holdings in publicly traded companies on a regular basis to determine if any security has experienced an other-than-temporary decline in fair value. We consider the investee company’s cash position, earnings and revenue outlook, stock price performance over the preceding six months, liquidity and changes in management’s ownership, among other factors, in our review. If we determine that an other-than temporary decline exists in a marketable equity security that is classified as available-for-sale, we record an investment loss in our consolidated statement of operations. For non-public companies, we review, on a quarterly basis, the assumptions underlying the operating performance and cash flow forecasts based on information requested from these privately held companies on at least a quarterly basis. This information may be more limited, may not be as timely and may be less accurate than information available from publicly traded companies. Assessing each investment’s carrying value requires significant judgment by management. Generally, if cash balances are insufficient to sustain a company’s operations for a six-month period, we consider the decline in it’s fair value to be other-than-temporary. If we determine that an other-than-temporary decline in fair value exists in a non-public equity security, we write-down the investment to its fair value and record the related write-down as an investment loss in our consolidated statement of operations.

 

During 2002 and 2001, we determined that the decline in value of certain of our public and non-public equity investments was other-than-temporary and recorded write-downs of these investments totaling $170.9 million and $89.1 million, respectively. During 2000 we recorded no investment write-downs.

 

Valuation of long-lived intangible assets including goodwill

 

Our long-lived assets consist primarily of goodwill, other intangible assets and property and equipment. We review long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of such an asset may not be recoverable. Such events or circumstances include, but are not limited to, a significant decrease in the fair value of the underlying business or asset, a significant decrease in the benefits realized from the acquired business, difficulty and delays in integrating the business or a significant change in the operations of the acquired business or use of an asset.

 

Goodwill and other intangible assets, net of accumulated amortization, totaled $1.1 billion as of December 31, 2002, which was comprised of $667.3 million of goodwill, including workforce in place, and $462.3 million of other intangibles assets. Other intangible assets include ISP hosting relationships, customer relationships, technology in place, non-compete agreements, trade names, and contracts with ICANN and customer lists. Factors we consider important which could trigger an impairment review include, but are not limited to, significant under-performance relative to expected historical or projected future operating results, significant changes in the manner of our use of our acquired assets or the strategy for our overall business or significant negative economic trends. If this evaluation indicates that the value of an intangible asset may be impaired, an assessment of the recoverability of the net carrying value of the asset over its remaining useful life is made. If this assessment indicates that an intangible asset is not recoverable, based on the estimated undiscounted future cash flows or other comparable market valuations, of the entity or technology acquired over the remaining amortization period, the net carrying value of the related intangible asset will be reduced to fair value and the remaining amortization period may be adjusted. Any such impairment charge could be significant and could have a material adverse effect on our reported financial statements. Based on these measurements, we recorded an impairment charge of approximately $4.6 billion during 2002.

 

Recoverability of long-lived assets other than goodwill is measured by comparison of the carrying amount of an asset to estimated undiscounted cash flows expected to be generated by the asset. If the carrying amount of an asset exceeds its estimated future cash flows, an impairment charge is recognized by the amount by which the carrying amount of the asset exceeds its fair value.

 

42


Table of Contents

 

We review, at least annually, goodwill resulting from purchase business combinations for impairment in accordance with SFAS No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets.” We review long-lived assets, including certain identifiable intangibles, for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that we will not be able to recover the asset’s carrying amount in accordance with SFAS No. 144, “Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets.”

 

Results of Operations

 

We have experienced substantial net losses in the past due primarily to the charges we have incurred for the amortization and write-down of acquired goodwill and other intangible assets related to our acquisitions. As of December 31, 2002, we had an accumulated deficit of approximately $21.5 billion, primarily due to the amortization and write-down of goodwill and other intangible assets of approximately $21.7 billion related to our acquisitions. In accordance with the provisions of SFAS No. 142, goodwill is no longer amortized to earnings as of January 1, 2002. Amortization of other intangible assets is expected to be approximately $189 million in 2003, including the impact of all acquisitions through December 31, 2002, and assuming no other future acquisitions or impairment charges.

 

We accounted for all of our acquisitions in 2002, 2001 and 2000 as purchase business combinations. Accordingly, the acquired companies’ revenues, costs and expenses have been included in our results of operations beginning with their dates of acquisition. As a result of our acquisitions of H.O. Systems in February 2002, Illuminet Holdings in December 2001, Network Solutions in June 2000, and THAWTE and Signio in February 2000, comparisons of revenues, costs and expenses for the year ended December 31, 2002 to the years ended December 31, 2001, and 2000 may not be relevant, as the businesses represented in the consolidated financial statements were not equivalent.

 

Revenues

 

Beginning in the first quarter of 2003, VeriSign realigned its business segments. The new service-based business segments consist of the Internet Services Group, the Telecommunication Services Group and Network Solutions. The management’s discussion and analysis that follows is based on our previous structure that was in effect throughout 2002, 2001 and 2000. For more information on both our previous structure and our new service-based business segments, please refer to Note 13 of our Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

A comparison of revenues for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2001 and 2000 is presented below.

 

    

2002


  

Change


    

2001


  

Change


    

2000


    

(Dollars in thousands)

Managed security and network services

  

$

287,615

  

(3

)%

  

$

298,000

  

101

%

  

$

147,984

Registry and telecommunications services

  

 

521,940

  

300

%

  

 

130,503

  

196

%

  

 

44,148

    

         

         

Subtotal—Enterprise and Service Provider Division

  

 

809,555

  

89

%

  

 

428,503

  

123

%

  

 

192,132

                                    

Web presence and trust services

  

 

412,113

  

(26

)%

  

 

555,061

  

96

%

  

 

282,634

    

         

         

Subtotal—Mass Markets Division

  

 

412,113

  

(26

)%

  

 

555,061

  

96

%

  

 

282,634

    

         

         

Total revenues

  

$

1,221,668

  

24

%

  

$

983,564

  

107

%

  

$

474,766

    

         

         

 

Total revenues increased 24% in 2002 compared to 2001, consisting of an increase in Enterprise and Service Provider Division revenues of 89% partially offset by a decrease in Mass Markets Division revenues of 26%. The increase in revenues for our Enterprise and Service Provider Division was primarily due to our telecommunications services acquisitions of Illuminet Holdings in December 2001, and H.O. Systems in February 2002. Additionally, we experienced a modest increase in our Registry Services revenues. Revenues for our Mass Markets Division, which included revenues from our Web presence and trust services businesses, decreased 26% primarily due to a decline in the amount of deferred revenue recognized in 2002 from prior year

 

43


Table of Contents

sales compared with the amount of such deferred revenue from prior year sales recognized in 2001 revenue. A decrease in the number of new names and the non-renewal of names paid for, contributed to this decline in deferred revenue in 2002 as compared to 2001. There were fewer domain names under management by Network Solutions at December 31, 2002, as compared to December 31, 2001, mainly due to the deletion of names that had never been paid for, or the term of which had expired in years prior to 2002, but which had not been deleted in those prior years. Many of these were non-revenue generating names.

 

Revenues increased significantly in 2001 from 2000 for our Enterprise and Service Provider Division and our Mass Markets Division. The increases were primarily due to the acquisition of Network Solutions in June 2000 whose registry services revenues and Web presence revenues are attributable to our Enterprise and Service Provider Division and our Mass Markets Division, respectively. Sales of authentication services, particularly Web site digital certificates and enterprise and affiliate PKI services, also increased in 2001 as compared to 2000. In addition, we expanded the VeriSign Trust Network of worldwide affiliates in 2001 and saw increased demand for our training and consulting services during 2001 as compared to 2000.

 

We derived 2.2% in 2002, 6.5% in 2001 and 2.8% in 2000 of our total revenues from customers with whom we have participated in a private equity round of financing, including several of the VeriSign Affiliates as well as various technology companies in a variety of related market areas. Typically in these relationships, we sell our products and services to a company and, under a separate agreement, participate with other investors in a private equity round financing of the company. We typically make our investments with others where our investment is less than 50% of the total financing round. Our policy is not to recognize revenue in excess of other investors’ financing of the company. These arrangements are independent relationships and are not terminable unless the terms of the agreements are violated.

 

In 2002 and 2001, we derived 1.1% and 3.8% of our total revenues from reciprocal arrangements, respectively. We derived no revenues from customers from reciprocal arrangements in 2000. Typically in these relationships, under separate agreements, we sell our products and services to a company and that company sells to us their products and services. We enter into these arrangements for strategic business purposes and the goods and services we receive in exchange are those we would have purchased in non-reciprocal arrangements. These arrangements are independent relationships and are not terminable unless the terms of the agreements are violated.

 

Enterprise and Service Provider Division

 

Enterprise and Service Provider Division revenues from external customers were $809.6 million in 2002, $428.5 million in 2001 and $192.1 million in 2000. In 2002, revenues from our managed security and network services product line decreased approximately $10.4 million, to $287.6 million from $298.0 million in 2001. The decrease in revenues was related to a decrease in international affiliate revenues partially offset by an increase in revenues related to prior year acquisitions and from an increase in consulting services revenues which included the resale of third-party products. We expect revenues from our managed security and networks services, which will be included in our Internet Services Group in future periods, to decrease in 2003 due to our recent decision to significantly reduce the resale of third-party products. Third-party software and hardware sales are generally made at lower margins than our other enterprise and mass market sales.

 

In 2001, revenues from the managed security and network services product line increased approximately $150.0 million, to $298.0 million from $148.0 million in 2000. The revenue increase was primarily due to increases in managed PKI services sold, software licenses sold to 13 new affiliate service providers, an increase in royalties earned from existing affiliates and an overall increase in the volume of consulting services that included the resale of third-party products.

 

44


Table of Contents

 

In 2002, revenues from registry and telecommunications services increased approximately $391.4 million, to $521.9 million from $130.5 million in 2001. This increase reflects the inclusion of a full year of telecommunications services revenues in 2002 relating to our acquisition of Illuminet Holdings in December 2001, and over ten months of revenues relating to our acquisition of H.O. Systems in February 2002. The acquisition of Illuminet Holdings and H.O. Systems resulted in a net increase in telecommunications services revenues of approximately $374.1 million in 2002. In addition, revenues from our registry services increased modestly. Our Registry Services business unit processed the renewal, extension or transfer of 10.5 million domain names during 2002, bringing the total number of paid domain name transactions during 2002 to 25.1 million, an increase of approximately 3.1 million over 2001. At December 31, 2002, our Registry Services business managed approximately 28.3 million domain names.

 

In 2001, revenues from registry and telecommunications services increased approximately $86.4 million, to $130.5 million from $44.1 million in 2000. This increase reflects the inclusion of a full year of Registry services revenue compared to approximately seven months in 2000, as a result of the acquisition of Network Solutions in June 2000. Revenues related to outsourced managed registry services also increased. Our Registry Services business unit managed approximately 28.8 million domain names at December 31, 2001 for all domain names ending in .com, .net and .org. Our Registry Services business unit also processed the renewal, extension or transfer of 8.9 million domain names during 2001, bringing the total number of paid domain name transactions during 2001 to 22.0 million.

 

Mass Markets Division

 

Mass Markets Division revenues were $412.1 million in 2002, $555.1 million in 2001, and $282.6 million in 2000. In 2002, the decrease in revenues of $143.0 million was primarily due to the decrease in the amount of deferred revenue recognized in 2002 from prior year sales compared to the amount of such deferred revenue from prior year sales recognized in 2001 revenue. A decrease in the number of new names and the non-renewal of names paid for, contributed to this decline in deferred revenue. This decline in revenue was also partially offset by an increase in revenues from the sales of Web site digital certificates and revenues related to payment services. At December 31, 2002, Network Solutions had a total of approximately 9.3 million domain names under management compared to approximately 13.6 million domain names at December 31, 2001.

 

In 2001, the increase in revenues in the Mass Markets Division was primarily due to the inclusion of a full year of revenues from Web presence services compared to approximately seven months in 2000 as a result of the acquisition of Network Solutions in June 2000.

 

In 2000, the demand for new domain name registrations in our Web presence business increased substantially, as a result of, but not limited to, the so-called “Internet bubble,” our promotional programs which included free names, and from registrations by entities who registered domain names with the hopes of reselling them. Most of the unpaid for, promotional and speculative names were not renewed and have been deleted from the Registry zone file in 2002. Many of these were not revenue generating names or products in 2002.

 

Our Mass Markets Division and our Enterprise and Service Provider Division issued approximately 391,000 new and renewed Web site digital certificates in 2002 compared to 366,000 in 2001 and 274,000 in 2000. The total installed base of Web site digital certificates was over 392,000 at December 31, 2002, compared to 366,000 at December 31, 2001. In addition, due to increased competition in the Web trust services market, we have experienced moderate pricing pressure for our services. We expect that this pricing pressure will continue in 2003.

 

45


Table of Contents

 

International revenues

 

Revenues from international subsidiaries and VeriSign Affiliates accounted for 9% of total revenues in 2002, 13% in 2001 and 14% in 2000. The percentage decrease in revenues from international subsidiaries and VeriSign Affiliates in 2002 compared to 2001 was primarily due to the acquisitions of Illuminet Holdings in December 2001 and H.O. Systems in February 2002 whose revenues are derived principally from customers located in the United States. Additionally, a decline in the number of new licensing agreements and royalty payments received from VeriSign Affiliates has resulted in a decrease in international revenues in 2002 of approximately $43 million partially offset by increases in revenues from international subsidiaries of approximately $20 million. In 2003, VeriSign is transitioning its international strategy in some countries by moving from a distribution model through the VeriSign Affiliates to a direct distribution model through its international subsidiaries. As a result, in 2003 we expect international revenues to increase modestly even though revenues from VeriSign Affiliates will likely decline.

 

The percentage decrease in revenues from international subsidiaries and VeriSign Affiliates in 2001 compared to 2000 was primarily related to the acquisition in June 2000 of Network Solutions, whose revenues are primarily attributable to U.S. sources. This was partially offset by additional revenues from international subsidiaries and VeriSign Affiliates in 2001 related to an increase in the number of VeriSign Affiliates in the VeriSign Trust Network combined with other activities to expand our presence in foreign markets.

 

Under our international affiliate program we sign agreements with local telecommunications companies, financial institutions and others to promote, sell and distribute our PKI services in international markets around the world. These VeriSign Affiliates typically require significant capital development, the cost of which is borne by the affiliate. Our strategy from time to time also includes investing in certain affiliates in strategic markets that represent advantageous economic opportunities for a minority investment of less than 20%. As a result, we invested in several international affiliates in 2002 and prior years. Revenues from VeriSign Affiliates in which we have a minority investment of less than 20% accounted for 1.5% of total revenues in 2002, 4.5% in 2001 and 1.5% in 2000.

 

Costs and Expenses

 

Cost of revenues

 

Cost of revenues consists primarily of costs related to providing digital certificate enrollment and issuance services, payment services, operational costs for the domain name registration business, customer support and training, consulting and development services, carrier costs for our SS7 and IP-based networks and costs of facilities and computer equipment used in these activities. In addition, with respect to our digital certificate services, cost of revenues also includes fees paid to third parties to verify certificate applicants’ identities, insurance premiums for our service warranty plan, errors and omission insurance and the cost of software and hardware resold to customers.

 

A comparison of cost of revenues for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2001 and 2000 is presented below.

 

    

2002


    

Change


    

2001


    

Change


    

2000


 
    

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Cost of revenues

  

$

571,367

 

  

66

%

  

$

343,721

 

  

111

%

  

$

163,049

 

Percentage of revenues

  

 

47

%

         

 

35

%

         

 

34

%

 

Growth of revenues was the primary factor in the increase of cost of revenues on an absolute dollar basis in 2002 as compared to 2001 and in 2001 as compared to 2000. We acquired Illuminet Holdings in December 2001 and H.O. Systems in February 2002, which added significant cost of revenues during 2002. We incurred increased expenses for access to third-party databases to verify digital certificate applicants’ identities, increased customer service costs related to our larger customer base and increased expenses related to the cost of hardware and software products resold to customers as part of our consulting business. Registry fees, third-party fees, other direct costs, and labor are our largest expense categories for cost of revenues. The acquisition of Illuminet Holdings resulted in an increase in labor expenses of $35.4 million in 2002 and an increase of $124.5 million for third-party fees and other direct costs. Additionally, depreciation expenses in cost of revenues increased due to the Illuminet acquisition by $31.3 million in 2002 compared to 2001. While overall our cost of revenues

 

46


Table of Contents

increased, we reduced outside consulting costs by $10.4 million in 2002 from 2001 due to a company-wide cost reduction effort. Our acquisition of Network Solutions in June of 2000 increased our cost of revenues in 2001 as compared to 2000 due to the inclusion of a full year of operating activity in 2001 compared to less than seven months in 2000. Future acquisitions, further expansion into international markets and introduction of new products may result in additional increases in cost of revenues, due to the hiring of additional personnel and related expenses and other factors.

 

Cost of revenues as a percentage of revenues increased significantly during 2002 compared to 2001 due to the inclusion of a full year of activity from our Illuminet Holdings acquisition and due to over 10 months of activity from our H.O. Systems acquisition. Our telecommunications services businesses have different cost structures than our other businesses resulting in an increase in cost of revenues as a percentage of revenues since their acquisitions. Cost of revenues as a percentage of revenues increased slightly in 2001 from 2000, primarily due to the cost structure of the Network Solutions product mix and the increase in the volume of third-party hardware and software sales, which was partially offset by economies of scale associated with the growth in recurring revenues from existing customers.

 

Certain of our services, such as consulting and training, require greater initial personnel involvement and therefore have higher costs than other types of services. In addition, revenues derived from our authentication services, domain name registration services, registry services, payment services, and our telecommunications services each have different cost structures and our overall cost of revenues may fluctuate as these businesses mature. We anticipate that our overall cost of revenues as a percentage of revenues will decrease modestly in 2003 due to our recent decision to significantly reduce the resale of third-party products.

 

Sales and marketing

 

Sales and marketing expenses consist primarily of costs related to sales and marketing, and policy activities. These expenses include salaries, sales commissions, sales operations and other personnel-related expenses, travel and related expenses, trade shows, costs of lead generation, costs of computer and communications equipment and support services, facilities costs, consulting fees and costs of marketing programs, such as Internet, television, radio, print, and direct mail advertising costs.

 

A comparison of sales and marketing expenses for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2001 and 2000 is presented below.

 

    

2002


    

Change


    

2001


    

Change


    

2000


 
    

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Sales and marketing

  

$

248,170

 

  

(4

)%

  

$

259,585

 

  

55

%

  

$

167,148

 

Percentage of revenues

  

 

20

%

         

 

26

%

         

 

35

%

 

Sales and marketing expenses decreased on an absolute dollar basis and as a percentage of revenues in 2002 from 2001 primarily due to a substantial reduction in expenditures for advertising and related promotional activities, particularly with respect to Network Solutions, and from a decrease in allocated lease expenses. Advertising and related promotional expenditures declined by over $44.7 million due to a heightened effort to control spending in conjunction with our restructuring program announced in April 2002. In an effort to decrease the use of external vendors for sales and marketing efforts, we have increased our internal labor expenses during 2002. This increase partially offsets the savings noted above. The decrease in allocated lease expenses is a result of our purchase of our headquarters complex in Mountain View, California in October of 2001. On an absolute dollar basis, our acquisitions of Illuminet Holdings and H.O. Systems in December 2001 and February 2002, respectively, partially offset the decrease in spending for advertising and related promotional activities and allocated lease expenses during 2002. These acquisitions resulted in an additional $12.1 million of sales and marketing labor expenses for 2002 as compared to 2001. Additionally, we incurred increased depreciation expense during 2002 compared to 2001 due to the depreciation of our headquarters facility and other property and equipment expenditures during 2002.

 

47


Table of Contents

 

The Network Solutions acquisition was the primary reason for the increase in sales and marketing expenses on an absolute dollar basis in 2001 as compared to 2000. The Mass Markets Division incurred expenses promoting the value of the .com, .net and .org. Web addresses as well as value-added services including Web site design tools and other enhanced service offerings. The remainder of the increase in both periods was driven by lead and demand generation activities in our enterprise and affiliate PKI businesses, expansion of our sales force and an increase in international sales expenses. On a percentage of revenues basis, the acquisition of Network Solutions, whose sales and marketing costs were comparatively less per revenue dollar than our other existing businesses combined, was the primary reason for the decrease in 2001 from 2000.

 

We have continued to realize a decline in sales and marketing expenses as a percentage of revenues over the three-year period presented. This is primarily due to the increase in recurring revenues from existing customers, which tend to have lower retention costs and the increase in the productivity of our direct and inside sales forces. However, we cannot forecast that these sales and marketing expenses will continue to decline as a percentage of revenues and we expect sales and marketing expenses to increase modestly on an absolute dollar basis in the future due to our expectations to increase our direct sales force abroad, and to expand our other distribution channels.

 

Research and development

 

Research and development expenses consist primarily of costs related to research and development personnel, including salaries and other personnel-related expenses, consulting fees and the costs of facilities, computer and communications equipment and support services used in service and technology development.

 

A comparison of research and development expenses for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2001 and 2000 is presented below.

 

    

2002


    

Change


    

2001


    

Change


    

2000


 
    

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Research and development

  

$

48,353

 

  

(38

)%

  

$

78,134

 

  

89

%

  

$

41,256

 

Percentage of revenues

  

 

4

%

         

 

8

%

         

 

9

%

 

Research and development expenses decreased in 2002 from 2001 in absolute dollars and as a percentage of revenues. The absolute dollar decrease is related to a substantial decrease in allocated lease expenses resulting from our purchase of our headquarters complex in Mountain View, California in October 2001, and from benefits realized as a result of our restructuring program. Additionally, during 2001, we incurred overall higher expenses for the design, testing and deployment of our security service offerings as compared to 2002.

 

Research and development expenses increased in absolute dollars in 2001 from 2000 primarily due to the acquisition of Network Solutions in June 2000. The increase relates to the development and enhancement of new registry products related to multilingual domain names and managed domain name system services. In addition, we continued to invest in the design, testing and deployment of, and technical support for our expanded digital trust service offerings and technology. We also expanded our engineering staff and incurred related costs required to support our continued emphasis on developing new products and services as well as enhancing existing products and services.

 

The decrease in research and development expenses as a percentage of revenues in 2001 from 2000 is largely due to the fact that revenues increased faster than research and development expenses in these periods.

 

We believe that timely development of new and enhanced enterprise services, payment services, Web presence services and other technologies are necessary to maintain our position in the marketplace. Accordingly, we intend to continue to recruit experienced research and development personnel and to make other investments in research and development. As a result, we expect research and development expenses to increase modestly in absolute dollars and on a percentage of revenues basis in the future. To date, we have expensed all research and development expenditures as incurred.

 

48


Table of Contents

 

General and administrative

 

General and administrative expenses consist primarily of salaries and other personnel-related expenses for our executive, administrative, legal, finance and human resources personnel, facilities, and computer and communications equipment, management information systems, support services, professional services fees and bad debt expense.

 

A comparison of general and administrative expenses for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2001 and 2000 is presented below.

 

    

2002


    

Change


    

2001


    

Change


    

2000


 
    

(Dollars in thousands)

 

General and administrative

  

$

172,123

 

  

20

%

  

$

143,297

 

  

136

%

  

$

60,672

 

Percentage of revenues

  

 

14

%

         

 

15

%

         

 

13

%

 

General and administrative expenses increased in 2002 from 2001 on an absolute dollar basis primarily due to our acquisitions of Illuminet Holdings and H.O. Systems in December 2001 and February 2002, respectively. These acquisitions resulted in a net increase in general and administrative expenses of $23.3 million during 2002, of which $9.0 million was labor expenses. In addition, bad debt expense increased to $42.7 million in 2002 compared to $26.9 million in 2001, primarily as a result of the continued deterioration in the overall economy. Legal expense increased by $3.2 million for 2002 and insurance costs increased $1.9 million primarily due to an increase in renewal premium rates in 2002 as compared to 2001. Depreciation expense increased modestly during 2002 resulting from the depreciation of our headquarters facility and other property and equipment expenditures during 2002. Increases in our general and administrative expenses were partially offset by decreases in lease expenses resulting from the purchase of our headquarters complex in Mountain View, California in October 2001, and the benefits realized from our restructuring program announced in April 2002. These benefits included reduction in general and administrative outside consulting expenses of $13.4 million and travel expenses of $2.1 million for 2002. The decrease in general and administrative expenses as a percentage of revenues in 2002 compared to 2001 is due to the fact that consolidated revenues increased at a faster rate than general and administrative expenses over the same periods as a result of our acquisitions of Illuminet Holdings and H.O. Systems.

 

The increase in general and administrative expenses in 2001 over 2000 on an absolute dollar basis and as a percentage of revenues was primarily related to the acquisition of Network Solutions in June 2000. Expenses increased in 2001 from 2000, due to additional staffing levels required to manage and support our expanded operations, the implementation of additional management information systems and the expansion of our corporate headquarters. In addition, our bad debt expense increased to $26.9 million in 2001 from $5.8 million in 2000, primarily as a result of increased revenues and deterioration in the overall economy during 2001.

 

We anticipate that general and administrative expenses will decrease on an absolute dollar basis in 2003.

 

Restructuring and Other Charges

 

In April 2002, we announced plans to restructure our operations to rationalize, integrate and align our resources. Our restructuring program included workforce reductions, abandonment of excess facilities, write-off of abandoned property and equipment and other charges. As a result of our restructuring program and in conformity with SAB No. 100 and EITF Issues No. 94-3 and 88-10, we recorded restructuring and other charges of $88.6 million during 2002. We expect to incur additional restructuring charges of approximately $10 to $15 million in the first quarter of 2003 related to the restructuring of our consulting services. Our restructuring program is part of a larger-scale, ongoing effort to reduce company-wide spending. Cost savings resulting from our restructuring program, not including other cost savings efforts, were estimated to have been approximately $52 million in 2002 and are estimated to be approximately $56 million in 2003.

 

49


Table of Contents

 

Workforce reduction.    The restructuring program resulted in a workforce reduction of approximately 400 employees across certain business functions, operating units, and geographic regions. We recorded a workforce reduction charge of $6.2 million during 2002, relating primarily to severance and fringe benefits.

 

Excess facilities.    We recorded charges of approximately $29.7 million during 2002 for excess facilities that were either abandoned or downsized relating to lease terminations and non-cancelable lease costs. To determine the lease loss, which is the loss after our cost recovery efforts from subleasing an abandoned building or separable portion thereof, certain estimates were made related to the (1) time period over which the relevant space would remain vacant, (2) sublease terms, and (3) sublease rates, including common area charges. If market sublease rates continue to decrease in these markets or if it takes longer than expected to sublease these facilities, the actual loss could exceed this estimate by an additional $36 million. Property and equipment that was disposed of or abandoned resulted in a net charge of $25.0 million during 2002 and consisted primarily of computer software, leasehold improvements, and computer equipment.

 

Exit costs and other charges.    We recorded other exit costs consisting of the write-off of prepaid license fees associated with products that were intended to be incorporated into our product offerings but were subsequently abandoned as a result of the decision to restructure. These charges totaled approximately $9.1 million during 2002. As part of our efforts to rationalize, integrate and align resources, we also recorded other charges of $18.6 million during 2002 relating primarily to the write-off of prepaid marketing assets associated with discontinued advertising.

 

A summary of the restructuring and other charges recorded during 2002 are as follows:

 

      

Year Ended December 31, 2002


      

(In thousands)

Workforce reduction

    

$

6,207

Excess facilities

    

 

29,689

Write-off of property and equipment

    

 

25,011

Exit costs and other charges

    

 

27,667

      

      

$

88,574

      

 

At December 31, 2002, the accrued liability associated with the restructuring and other charges was $23.8 million and consisted of the following:

 

      

Accrued Restructuring Costs at December 31, 2001


  

Restructuring and Other

Charges


  

Non-Cash

Restructuring and Other

Charges


    

Cash Payments


      

Accrued Restructuring Costs at December 31, 2002


      

(In thousands)

Workforce reduction

    

$

—  

  

$

6,207

  

$

—  

 

  

$

(6,094

)

    

$

113

Excess facilities

    

 

—  

  

 

29,689

  

 

—  

 

  

 

(6,177

)

    

 

23,512

Write-off of property and equipment

    

 

—  

  

 

25,011

  

 

(25,011

)

  

 

—  

 

    

 

—  

Exit costs and other charges

    

 

—  

  

 

27,667

  

 

(16,857

)

  

 

(10,600

)

    

 

210

      

  

  


  


    

      

$

—  

  

$

88,574

  

$

(41,868

)

  

$

(22,871

)

    

$

23,835

      

  

  


  


    

 

Write-off of acquired in-process research and development

 

The portion of the Network Solutions purchase price allocated to in-process research and development, or IPR&D, was $54 million and was expensed immediately upon acquisition in 2000. Network Solutions’ IPR&D efforts focused on significant and substantial improvements and upgrades to its shared registration system, or SRS. The SRS is the system that provides a shared registration interface to the ICANN accredited and licensed

 

50


Table of Contents

registrars into the .com, .net, and .org top-level domain, or TLD, registry. It is through this system that registrars from all over the world are able to register domain names with the central database. Given the high demand on the SRS, it was in need of improvements and upgrades in the area of scalability, security, non-English language capability and next generation resource provisioning protocol.

 

As of the acquisition date, Network Solutions was in the process of developing technology that would add substantial functionality and features to the SRS. The IPR&D had not yet reached technological feasibility and had no alternative uses. The technological feasibility of the in-process development efforts is established when the enterprise has completed all planning, designing, coding, and testing activities that are necessary to establish that the technology can be utilized to meet its design specifications including functions, features, and technical performance requirements. The development efforts related to upgrades and improvements in the SRS and other systems were completed in the first quarter of 2001.

 

Amortization and write-down of goodwill and other intangible assets

 

During 2002, we completed our acquisition of H.O. Systems, which resulted in the recording of goodwill of approximately $213 million and other intangible assets of approximately $210 million. During 2001, we completed our acquisition of Illuminet Holdings along with a number of other less significant acquisitions, which resulted in the recording of goodwill of approximately $1.3 billion and other intangible assets of approximately $281 million. During 2000, we completed several acquisitions including THAWTE, Signio and Network Solutions. These acquisitions resulted in the recording of goodwill and other intangible assets in the amount of $21.3 billion. We adopted SFAS No. 142 as of January 1, 2002. Under the provisions of SFAS No. 142, purchased goodwill and certain indefinite-lived intangibles are no longer amortized but are subject to testing for impairment on at least an annual basis. VeriSign also adopted SFAS No. 144 as of January 1, 2002. Under the provisions of SFAS No. 144, long-lived assets, including intangible assets with finite lives, are reviewed for impairment whenever events or circumstances indicate that there has been a decline in the fair value of an asset. The results of this testing indicated the carrying values of goodwill for certain reporting units exceeded their implied fair values and other intangible assets with finite lives had carrying values that exceeded their fair values which resulted in an impairment charge of $4.6 billion in 2002.

 

VeriSign determines the fair value of its reporting units, in part by engaging independent appraisers, who employ the income approach and the market comparables method of valuation. Determining the fair value of reporting units and intangible assets requires significant judgment with respect to projecting future cash flows, selecting appropriate terminal values and discount rates. Additionally, judgment is required in selecting appropriate market comparable companies in the valuations.

 

The impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets in 2002 resulted in a write-off of the net book value as follows:

 

    

Enterprise and

Service Provider

Division


  

Mass Markets

Division


  

Total


    

(In thousands)

Goodwill

  

$

2,360,634

  

$

2,026,375

  

$

4,387,009

Customer relationships

  

 

24,294

  

 

3,297

  

 

27,591

Technology in place

  

 

40,693

  

 

256

  

 

40,949

Trade name

  

 

3,205

  

 

—  

  

 

3,205

Contracts with ICANN and customer lists

  

 

129,007

  

 

23,092

  

 

152,099

    

  

  

    

$

2,557,833

  

$

2,053,020

  

$

4,610,853

    

  

  

 

Prior to our adoption of SFAS No. 142 on January 1, 2002, our policy was to assess the recoverability of goodwill using estimated undiscounted cash flows. Those cash flows included an estimated terminal value based

 

51


Table of Contents

on a hypothetical sale of an acquisition at the end of its goodwill amortization period. Although the acquisitions of THAWTE, Signio and Network Solutions had been predominantly performing at or above expectations throughout 2001, market conditions and attendant multiples used to estimate terminal values were depressed. At June 30, 2000, the NASDAQ market index was at 3,966 points and had decreased 1,805 points, or 46%, to 2,161 points at June 30, 2001. This decline affected the analysis used to assess the recoverability of goodwill. For goodwill associated with THAWTE and Network Solutions, fair value was determined based on future operating cash flows over the remaining amortization period of the goodwill. The terminal values were estimated based on the relationship of the value of our stock issued at the acquisition date to the value of our stock over the three-month period preceding the valuation. For Signio and the other acquisitions, fair value was determined through the use of recent indicators of fair value such as comparable sales and multiples derived from recent acquisition activities. As a result, we recorded an impairment charge in the amount of $9.9 billion in 2001. Since the most significant acquisitions were completed by issuing shares of our common stock, the impairment is considered a non-cash charge.

 

The amortization and write-down of goodwill and other intangible assets was approximately $4.9 billion in 2002, $13.6 billion in 2001 and $3.2 billion in 2000. Excluding impairment write-downs of goodwill and other intangible assets, amortization expense was approximately $284 million in 2002, $3.7 billion in 2001 and $3.2 billion in 2000. The decrease in amortization expense excluding write-downs in 2002 from 2001 is due to the effects of the provisions of SFAS No. 142 in which goodwill is no longer amortized. The increase in amortization expense in 2001 from 2000 is due to a full year’s amortization of Network Solutions in 2001. Amortization of other intangible assets is expected to be approximately $189 million for 2003, including the impact of all acquisitions through December 31, 2002, and assuming no other future acquisitions or impairment charges.

 

Total other income (expense)

 

Total other income (expense) consists primarily of interest earned on our cash, cash equivalents and short-term and long-term investments, gains and losses on the sale or write-down of equity investments, and the net effect of foreign currency transaction gains and losses.

 

A comparison of total other income (expense) for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2001 and 2000 is presented below.

 

    

2002


    

Change


    

2001


    

Change


    

2000


 
    

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Total other income (expense)

  

$

(148,873

)

  

563

%

  

$

(22,469

)

  

(126

)%

  

$

86,169

 

Percentage of revenues

  

 

(12

)%

         

 

(2

)%

         

 

18

%

 

Total other expense in 2002 was primarily comprised of the write-down of investments totaling $170.9 million on certain public and non-public equity security investments, partially offset by $7.9 million of net gains realized on the sale of investments and $14.1 million of interest and other income. In 2002, we determined that the decline in value of certain of our public and non-public equity securities investments was other-than-temporary and we recorded a write-down of these investments totaling $170.9 million. Our cash, cash equivalents, short-term and long-term investments decreased to $440.6 million at December 31, 2002 from $928.5 million at December 31, 2001 primarily due to the acquisition of H.O. Systems, purchases of property and equipment and the decline in value and subsequent write-down of investments during 2002. These actions resulted in a decrease in interest income earned during 2002 as compared to 2001.

 

Total other expense in 2001 was primarily comprised of the write-down of investments totaling $89.1 million on certain public and non-public equity security investments, partially offset by $66.7 million of interest and other income. Total other income in 2000 consisted primarily of a realized gain of $32.6 million from the sale of shares of Keynote Systems, Inc., and interest and other income of $53.6 million. In 2001, we determined that the decline in value of certain of our public and non-public equity securities investments was

 

52


Table of Contents

other-than-temporary and we recorded a write-down of these investments totaling $89.1 million. We had previously valued certain of these investments at the then-fair-market value as part of the Network Solutions acquisition. We may from time to time recognize losses or gains from the sales, write-downs or write-offs of our equity investments. In 2000, our cash and investments base increased significantly as a result of the acquisition of Network Solutions; however, our invested balances produced lower returns due to lower market interest rates in 2001 as compared to 2000.

 

Income tax benefit (expense)

 

In 2002, we recorded income tax expense of $10.4 million. This expense was comprised of federal taxes of $2.1 million, state taxes of $9.2 million, and foreign income tax benefit of $.9 million. We have not recorded a benefit for U.S. federal and state deferred tax assets due to the uncertainty of their realization. As of December 31, 2002, we had federal net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $18.8 million related to continuing operations and $663.1 million related to stock compensation deductions. We also had state net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $59.6 million related to continuing operations and $515.1 million related to stock compensation deductions. If we are not able to use them, the federal net operating loss carryforwards will expire in 2010 through 2022 and the state net operating loss carryforwards will expire in 2004 through 2022. In addition, we had research and experimentation tax credits for federal income tax purposes of approximately $8.0 million available for carryover to future years, and for state income tax purposes of approximately $6.5 million available for carryover to future years. The federal research and experimentation tax credits will expire, if not utilized, in 2010 through 2022. State research and experimental tax credits carry forward indefinitely until utilized. The Tax Reform Act of 1986 imposes substantial restrictions on the utilization of net operating losses and tax credits in the event of a corporation’s ownership change, as defined in the Internal Revenue Code. Our ability to utilize net operating loss carryforwards may be limited as a result of such ownership changes.

 

Minority Interest in Net (Income) Loss of Subsidiary

 

Minority interest in the net (income) loss of VeriSign Japan K.K. and VeriSign Australia Limited was $(.4) million in 2002, $(.6) million in 2001 and $(1.3) million in 2000. The year-to-year changes are primarily due to VeriSign Japan’s increased revenues as compared to the prior years partially offset by losses incurred by VeriSign Australia following our acquisition of a majority interest in the company in July 2002. As the VeriSign Japan and VeriSign Australia businesses continue to develop and evolve, we expect that the minority interest in net (income) loss of subsidiary will fluctuate.

 

Liquidity and Capital Resources

 

    

2002


    

2001


  

Change


 
    

(Dollars in thousands)

 
                    

Cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments

  

$

403,904

 

  

$

726,697

  

(44

)%

Working capital

  

$

(61,041

)

  

$

256,714

  

(124

)%

Stockholders’ equity

  

$

1,579,425

 

  

$

6,506,074

  

(76

)%

 

At December 31, 2002, our principal source of liquidity was $403.9 million of cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments, consisting principally of commercial paper, medium term corporate notes, corporate bonds and notes, market auction securities, U.S. government and agency securities and money market funds.

 

Working capital decreased $317.8 million over the periods presented due to a decrease in cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments of $322.8 million primarily as a result of our acquisition of H.O. Systems in 2002, and due to a decrease in net accounts receivable and other current assets of $163.5 million, partially offset by a decrease in accounts payable and accrued liabilities of $55.1 million and a decrease in current deferred revenue of $113.4 million.

 

53


Table of Contents

 

Net cash provided by operating activities was $238.4 million in 2002, $227.5 million in 2001 and $192.0 million in 2000. The increase in both 2002 and 2001 was primarily due to an overall increase in net income after adjustments for non-cash items such as amortization and the write-down of goodwill and other intangible assets, depreciation of property and equipment and the write-down of certain investments. Additionally, in 2002 a substantial decrease in accounts receivable partially offset by a decrease in deferred revenue, and accounts payable and accrual liabilities contributed to the increase in net cash provided by operating activities as compared to 2001.

 

Net cash used in investing activities was $282.5 million in 2002, primarily as a result of $348.6 million used for acquisitions which includes $346.3 million for the acquisition of H.O. Systems along with an additional $53.6 million used in acquisition related costs during 2002. We also used $112.1 million for purchases of short and long-term investments and $176.2 million for purchases of property and equipment. These purchases were partially offset by proceeds of $403.6 million from maturities and sales of short and long-term investments.

 

Net cash used in investing activities was $389.1 million in 2001, primarily as a result of $1.3 billion used for purchases of investments, which were offset by proceeds of $1.4 billion from sales and maturities of investments, $380.3 million used for purchases of property and equipment, including approximately $285 million used for the purchase of the land and buildings for our corporate headquarters in California, and $52.6 million paid, net of cash acquired, for business combinations.

 

Net cash provided by investing activities was $124.0 million in 2000, primarily as a result of the cash acquired in our acquisitions, partially offset by increased purchases of short and long-term investments, and costs relating to our acquisitions. Capital expenditures for property and equipment totaled $176.2 million in 2002, $380.3 million in 2001 and $58.8 million in 2000.

 

Our planned capital expenditures for 2003 are approximately $120 million to $130 million, primarily for computer and communications equipment, computer software and leasehold improvements. Our most significant expenditures are focused on market development initiatives as well as productivity and cost improvement. As of December 31, 2002, we also had commitments under non-cancelable operating leases for our facilities for various terms through 2014. See Note 12 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. We also expect to incur additional restructuring charges of approximately $10 to $15 million in the first quarter of 2003 due to the restructuring of our consulting services. In addition, cash payments totaling $23.5 million related to the abandonment of excess facilities will be paid over the next six years. See Note 3 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. Cost savings resulting from our restructuring program, not including other cost savings efforts, were estimated to have been approximately $52 million in 2002 and are estimated to be approximately $56 million in 2003.

 

Net cash provided by financing activities was $22.0 million in 2002, $10.8 million in 2001 and $73.5 million in 2000. In 2002, 2001 and 2000, cash was provided primarily from common stock issuances as a result of stock option exercises. In 2001, these proceeds were partially offset by the use of approximately $70 million to repurchase shares of our common stock.

 

In 2001, our Board of Directors authorized the use of up to $350 million to repurchase shares of our common stock on the open market, or in negotiated or block trades. During 2001, we repurchased approximately 1,650,000 shares at a cost of approximately $70 million. During 2002, no shares were repurchased and at December 31, 2002, approximately $280 million remained available for future repurchases under this program.

 

We believe our existing cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments and operating cash flows, will be sufficient to meet our working capital and capital expenditure requirements for at least the next 12 months. An increase in the number of significant acquisitions or investments to be funded with cash may require us to raise additional funds through public or private financing, strategic relationships or other arrangements. This additional funding, if needed, might not be available on terms attractive to us, or at all. Failure to raise capital

 

54


Table of Contents

when needed could materially harm our business. If we raise additional funds through the issuance of equity securities, the percentage of our stock owned by our then-current stockholders will be reduced. Furthermore, these equity securities might have rights, preferences or privileges senior to those of our common stock.

 

We have entered into various capital lease obligations and we lease a portion of our facilities under operating leases. We also sub-lease a portion of our office space to third parties. In addition, we have signed a master contract with IBM under which we are committed to purchase a pre-determined value of their technology and we have entered into an agreement for the management and administration of the .tv ccTLD with the Government of Tuvalu for payments of future royalties. As of December 31, 2002, the present value of our future minimum capital lease payments, our future minimum lease payments under non-cancelable operating leases, our future minimum sub-lease income, our IBM purchase commitments and our future royalty payments for the next five years are as follows:

 

    

Commitments by Period


 
    

2003


    

2004


    

2005


    

2006


    

2007


  

Total


 
    

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Capital lease payments (including interest)

  

$

559

 

  

$

—  

 

  

$

—  

 

  

$

—  

 

  

$

—  

  

$

559

 

Operating lease payments

  

 

28,242

 

  

 

28,558

 

  

 

25,056

 

  

 

22,540

 

  

 

21,675

  

 

126,071

 

Sub-lease income

  

 

(1,731

)

  

 

(1,051

)

  

 

(982

)

  

 

(519

)

  

 

—  

  

 

(4,283

)

Purchase commitments

  

 

2,052

 

  

 

3,874

 

  

 

—  

 

  

 

—  

 

  

 

—  

  

 

5,926

 

Tuvalu royalty payments

  

 

2,200

 

  

 

2,200

 

  

 

2,200

 

  

 

2,200

 

  

 

2,000

  

 

10,800

 

    


  


  


  


  

  


Total

  

$

31,322

 

  

$

33,581

 

  

$

26,274

 

  

$

22,221

 

  

$

23,675

  

$

139,073

 

    


  


  


  


  

  


 

We have pledged a portion of our short-term investments as collateral for standby letters of credit that guarantee certain of our contractual obligations, primarily relating to our real estate lease agreements. As of December 31, 2002, the amount of short-term investments we have pledged pursuant to such agreements was approximately $21 million.

 

The restructuring accrual is included on the balance sheet as accrued restructuring costs. Amounts related to the lease terminations due to the abandonment of excess facilities will be paid over the respective lease terms, the longest of which extends through February 2008.

 

Future cash payments related to lease terminations due to the abandonment of excess facilities are expected to be as follows:

 

    

(In thousands)

2003

  

$

6,403

2004

  

 

6,086

2005

  

 

4,589

2006

  

 

3,038

2007

  

 

2,367

Thereafter

  

 

1,029

    

    

$

23,512

    

 

We entered into an agreement with Bank of America effective June 1, 2000 to provide a capital expenditure loan facility. The capital expenditure loan facility is a $15 million unsecured loan with a five-year term. As of December 31, 2002, $720,000 was outstanding under this capital expenditure loan facility.

 

In October 2001, we filed a shelf registration statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission to offer an indeterminate number of shares of common stock that may be issued at various times and at indeterminate prices, with a total public offering price not to exceed $750 million. To date, no shares have been issued under this registration statement.

 

55


Table of Contents

 

In December 2001, we signed a master contract with IBM under which we committed to purchase $30 million of IBM technology on or before December 28, 2004. During 2002, we paid IBM $24.1 million and at December 31, 2002, we had an additional $2.1 million of open purchase orders with IBM under the master contract. IBM has also committed to use certain products and services of VeriSign.

 

In November 1999, we entered into an agreement for the management and administration of the Tuvalu Internet top-level domain, “.tv” with the Government of Tuvalu for payments of future royalties which will amount to $12.8 million over the next six years.

 

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

 

In June 2002, the FASB issued SFAS No. 146, “Accounting for Costs Associated with Exit or Disposal Activities.” SFAS No. 146 eliminates Emerging Issues Task Force (“EITF”) Issue No. 94-3 “Liability Recognition for Certain Employee Termination Benefits and Other Costs to Exit an Activity (Including Certain Costs Incurred in a Restructuring).” Under SFAS No. 146, liabilities for costs associated with an exit or disposal activity are recognized when the liabilities are incurred, as opposed to being recognized at the date of an entity’s commitment to an exit plan under EITF No. 94-3. Furthermore, SFAS No. 146 establishes that fair value is the objective for initial measurement of the liabilities. This Statement will be effective for exit or disposal activities that are initiated after December 31, 2002. The effect of adopting SFAS No. 146 is not expected to have a material effect on our consolidated financial position or results of operations. The effect on timing of recognition of liabilities could be significantly different from previous restructurings.

 

In December 2002, the FASB issued SFAS No. 148, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation—Transition and Disclosure.” SFAS No. 148 amends SFAS No. 123, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation,” to provide alternative methods of transition for a voluntary change to the fair value based method of accounting for stock-based employee compensation. In addition, SFAS No. 148 amends the disclosure requirements of SFAS No. 123 to require prominent disclosures in both annual and interim financial statements about the method of accounting for stock-based employee compensation and the effect of the method used on reported results. The annual disclosure provisions of SFAS No. 148 are presented in Note 1 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. The interim disclosure provisions are effective for our March 31, 2003 interim period. We have determined that the adoption of SFAS No. 148 will not have a material effect on our consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

 

In November 2002, the FASB issued Interpretation No. 45, “Guarantor’s Accounting and Disclosure Requirements for Guarantees, Including Indirect Guarantees of Indebtedness to Others, an interpretation of FASB Statements No. 5, 57 and 107 and a rescission of FASB Interpretation No. 34.” This Interpretation elaborates on the disclosures to be made by a guarantor in its interim and annual financial statements about its obligations under guarantees issued. The Interpretation also clarifies that a guarantor is required to recognize, at inception of a guarantee, a liability for the fair value of the obligation undertaken. The initial recognition and measurement provisions of the Interpretation are applicable to guarantees issued or modified after December 31, 2002 and are not expected to have a material effect on our financial statements. The annual disclosure requirements are effective for these financial statements and for interim periods ending after December 15, 2002. See Note 1 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for disclosures required by FASB Interpretation No. 45. The adoption of FASB Interpretation No. 45 did not have a material effect on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

 

In January 2003, the FASB issued Interpretation No. 46, Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities, an interpretation of Accounting Research Bulletin (“ARB”) No. 51. This Interpretation requires companies to include in their consolidated financial statements the assets, liabilities and results of activities of variable interest entities if the company holds a majority of the variable interests. The consolidated requirements of this Interpretation are effective for variable interest entities created after January 31, 2003 or for entities in which an interest is acquired after January 31, 2003. The consolidation requirements of this Interpretation are effective June 15, 2003 for all variable entities acquired before February 1, 2003. This Interpretation also requires companies that expect to consolidate a variable interest entity they acquired before February 1, 2003 to disclose

 

56


Table of Contents

the entities nature, size, activities, and the company’s maximum exposure to loss in financial statements issued after January 31, 2003. We have determined this Interpretation will not have a material effect on our consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

 

ITEM 7A.    QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

 

Interest rate sensitivity

 

The primary objective of our investment activities is to preserve principal while at the same time maximizing the income we receive from our investments without significantly increasing risk. Some of the securities that we have invested in may be subject to market risk. This means that a change in prevailing interest rates may cause the principal amount of the investment to fluctuate. For example, if we hold a security that was issued with a fixed interest rate at the then-prevailing rate and the prevailing interest rate later rises, the principal amount of our investment will probably decline in value. If market interest rates were to increase immediately and uniformly by 10 percent from levels at December 31, 2002, this would not materially change the fair market value of our portfolio. To minimize this risk, we maintain our portfolio of cash equivalents and short-term investments in a variety of securities, including commercial paper, medium-term notes, corporate bonds and notes, market auction securities, U.S. government and agency securities and money market funds. In general, money market funds are not subject to interest rate risk because the interest paid on such funds fluctuates with the prevailing interest rate. In addition, we generally invest in relatively short-term securities. As of December 31, 2002, 70% of our non-strategic investments mature in less than one year.

 

We do not hold any derivative financial instruments.

 

The following table presents the amounts of our cash equivalents and investments that are subject to market risk by range of expected maturity and weighted-average interest rates as of December 31, 2002. This table does not include money market funds because those funds are not subject to market risk.

 

    

Maturing in


           
    

Six Months or Less


    

Six Months to One Year


    

More than One Year


    

Total


  

Estimated Fair Value


    

(Dollars in thousands)

Included in cash and cash equivalents

  

$

128,017

 

  

$

—  

 

  

$

—  

 

  

$

128,017

  

$

128,031

Weighted-average interest rate

  

 

1.70

%

  

 

—  

 

  

 

—  

 

             

Included in short-term investments

  

$

35,477

 

  

$

10,237

 

  

$

73,617

 

  

$

119,331

  

$

119,789

Weighted-average interest rate

  

 

1.75

%

  

 

2.98

%

  

 

3.35

%

             

 

Exchange rate sensitivity

 

We consider our exposure to foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations to be minimal. All revenues derived from operations, other than VeriSign Japan K.K., THAWTE (South Africa), VeriSign Australia Limited, Domainnames.com (U.K.) and our European digital brand management services business, are denominated in United States Dollars and, therefore, are not subject to exchange rate fluctuations. Revenues from international subsidiaries and affiliates accounted for approximately 9% of our revenues in 2002, 13% in 2001 and 14% in 2000.

 

Both the revenues and expenses of our majority-owned subsidiaries in Japan and Australia as well as our wholly-owned subsidiaries and sales offices in South Africa, Europe, and the United Kingdom are denominated in local currencies. In these regions, we believe this serves as a natural hedge against exchange rate fluctuations because although an unfavorable change in the exchange rate of the foreign currency against the United States dollar will result in lower revenues when translated to United States Dollars, operating expenses will also be lower in these circumstances. We have not engaged in any hedging activities, although if future events or changes in circumstances indicate that hedging activities would be beneficial, we may consider such activities.

 

57


Table of Contents

 

Equity price risk

 

We own shares of common stock of public companies. We value these investments using the closing market value for the last day of each month. These investments are subject to market price volatility. We reflect these investments on our balance sheet at their market value, with the unrealized gains and losses excluded from earnings and reported in the “Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)” component of stockholders’ equity. We have also invested in equity instruments of several privately held companies, many of which can still be considered in the startup or development stages, and therefore, carry a high level of risk. In 2002 and 2001, we determined the decline in value of certain public and non-public equity investments was other-than-temporary and we recognized impairment losses totaling $170.9 million and $89.1 million, respectively. Due to the inherent risk associated with some of our investments, and in light of current stock market conditions, we may incur future losses on the sales, write-downs or write-offs of our investments. We do not currently hedge against equity price changes.

 

ITEM 8.     FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

 

Financial Statements

 

VeriSign’s financial statements required by this item are set forth as a separate section of this Form 10-K. See Item 15 (a)1 for a listing of financial statements provided in the section titled “Financial Statements.”

 

Supplemental Data (Unaudited)

 

The following tables set forth unaudited quarterly supplementary data for the two-year period ended December 31, 2002.

 

    

2002


 
    

First

Quarter(2)


    

Second

Quarter(3)


    

Third

Quarter(4)


    

Fourth

Quarter(5)


    

Year Ended December 31


 
    

(In thousands, except per share data)

 

Revenues

  

$

327,816

 

  

$

317,409

 

  

$

301,441

 

  

$

275,002

 

  

$

1,221,668

 

Total costs and expenses

  

 

355,191

 

  

 

5,029,109

 

  

 

325,441

 

  

 

313,560

 

  

 

6,023,301

 

Operating loss

  

 

(27,375

)

  

 

(4,711,700

)

  

 

(24,000

)

  

 

(38,558

)

  

 

(4,801,633

)

Minority interest in net (income) loss of subsidiary

  

 

(165

)

  

 

(172

)

  

 

(237

)

  

 

158

 

  

 

(416

)

Net loss

  

 

(39,710

)

  

 

(4,802,535

)

  

 

(79,672

)

  

 

(39,380

)

  

 

(4,961,297

)

Basic and diluted net loss per share(1)

  

 

(0.17

)

  

 

(20.31

)

  

 

(0.34

)

  

 

(0.17

)

  

 

(20.97

)

    

2001(9)


 
    

First

Quarter(6)


    

Second

Quarter(7)


    

Third

Quarter


    

Fourth

Quarter(8)


    

Year Ended December 31


 
    

(In thousands, except per share data)

 

Revenues

  

$

213,413

 

  

$

231,197

 

  

$

255,155

 

  

$

283,799

 

  

$

983,564

 

Total costs and expenses

  

 

1,564,613

 

  

 

11,470,182

 

  

 

667,944

 

  

 

691,651

 

  

 

14,394,390

 

Operating loss

  

 

(1,351,200

)

  

 

(11,238,985

)

  

 

(412,789

)

  

 

(407,852

)

  

 

(13,410,826

)

Minority interest in net (income) loss of subsidiary

  

 

(210

)

  

 

(309

)

  

 

(405

)

  

 

345

 

  

 

(579

)

Net loss

  

 

(1,377,377

)

  

 

(11,190,730

)

  

 

(386,735

)

  

 

(401,110

)

  

 

(13,355,952

)

Basic and diluted net loss per share(1)

  

 

(6.90

)

  

 

(55.49

)

  

 

(1.91

)

  

 

(1.91

)

  

 

(65.64

)


(1) Net loss per share is computed independently for each of the quarters represented in accordance with SFAS No. 128. Therefore, the sum of the quarterly net loss per share may not equal the total computed for the fiscal year or any cumulative interim period.
(2) Results include a $18.8 million charge for the write-down of investments.

 

58


Table of Contents
(3) Results include a $4.6 billion charge for the impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets, a $94.8 million charge for the write-down of investments and a $67.8 million restructuring charge in connection with workforce reductions, closures of excess facilities, write-downs of property and equipment and exit costs and other charges.
(4) Results include a $53.2 million charge for the write-down of investments and a $5.6 million restructuring charge in connection with workforce reductions, closures of excess facilities and exit costs and other charges.
(5) Results include a $15.2 million restructuring charge in connection with workforce reductions, closures of excess facilities, write-downs of property and equipment, a payment related to the transfer of the .org registry and exit costs and other charges, a $12.2 million charge for an adjustment to goodwill and a net gain of $7.9 million related to the sale of investments.
(6) Results include a $74.7 million charge for the write-down of investments.
(7) Results include a $9.9 billion charge for the impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets.
(8) Results include a $14.4 million charge for the write-down of investments.
(9) Beginning January 1, 2002, we adopted SFAS No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets,” and, as a result, as of the date of adoption we have ceased to amortize $5.0 billion of goodwill, net of accumulated amortization, including workforce in place that was subsumed into goodwill upon the date of adoption. The Summary Data for 2001 includes amortization of goodwill and workforce in place totaling $3.4 billion.

 

Our quarterly revenues and operating results are difficult to forecast. Therefore, we believe that period-to-period comparisons of our operating results will not necessarily be meaningful, and should not be relied upon as an indication of future performance. Also, operating results may fall below our expectations and the expectations of securities analysts or investors in one or more future quarters. If this were to occur, the market price of our common stock would likely decline. For more information regarding the quarterly fluctuation of our revenues and operating results, see the section captioned “Business—Factors That May Affect Future Results of Operations—Our operating results may fluctuate and our future revenues and profitability are uncertain.”

 

ITEM  9.    

CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

 

Not applicable.

 

59


Table of Contents

PART III

 

ITEM 10.     DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT

 

Information regarding executive officers may be found in the section captioned “Executive Officers of the Registrant” (Part I, Item 4A) of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Information regarding directors may be found in the section captioned “Proposal No. 1—Election of Directors” appearing in the definitive Proxy Statement to be delivered to stockholders in connection with the 2003 Annual Meeting of Stockholders which information is incorporated herein by reference.

 

ITEM 11.     EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

 

Information with respect to this item may be found in the section captioned “Executive Compensation” appearing in the definitive Proxy Statement to be delivered to stockholders in connection with the 2003 Annual Meeting of Stockholders. This information is incorporated herein by reference.

 

ITEM 12.     SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

 

Information with respect to this item may be found in the section captioned “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management” appearing in the definitive Proxy Statement to be delivered to stockholders in connection with the 2003 Annual Meeting of Stockholders. This information is incorporated herein by reference.

 

ITEM 13.     CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

 

Information with respect to this item may be found in the section captioned “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions” appearing in the definitive Proxy Statement to be delivered to stockholders in connection with the 2003 Annual Meeting of Stockholders. This information is incorporated herein by reference.

 

ITEM 14.     CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

 

(a) Evaluation of disclosure controls and procedures. Our chief executive officer and our chief financial officer, after evaluating the effectiveness of VeriSign’s “disclosure controls and procedures” (as defined in the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 Rules 13a-14(c) and 15-d-14(c)) as of a date (the “Evaluation Date”) within 90 days before the filing date of this annual report, have concluded that as of the Evaluation Date, our disclosure controls and procedures were adequate and designed to ensure that material information relating to us and our consolidated subsidiaries would be made known to them by others within those entities.

 

(b) Changes in internal controls. There were no significant changes in our internal controls or to our knowledge, in other factors that could significantly affect these controls subsequent to the Evaluation Date.

 

60


Table of Contents

PART IV

 

ITEM 15.     EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENTS SCHEDULES AND REPORTS ON FORM 8-K

 

(a) Documents filed as part of this report

 

  1. Financial statements

 

  Independent Auditors’ Report

 

  Consolidated Balance Sheets 

As of December 31, 2002 and 2001

 

  Consolidated Statements of Operations 

Years Ended December 31, 2002, 2001 and 2000

 

  Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity

Years Ended December 31, 2002, 2001 and 2000

 

  Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss

Years Ended December 31, 2002, 2001 and 2000

 

  Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

Years Ended December 31, 2002, 2001 and 2000

 

  Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

  2. Financial statement schedules

 

  Financial statement schedules are omitted because the information called for is not required or is shown either in the consolidated financial statements or the notes thereto.

 

  3. Exhibits

 

(a) Index to Exhibits

 

Exhibit Number


       

Incorporated by Reference


    

Filed Herewith


  

Exhibit Description


  

Form


  

Date


  

Number


    

2.01

  

Agreement and Plan of Merger dated as of March 6, 2000, by and among the Registrant, Nickel Acquisition Corporation and Network Solutions, Inc.

  

8-K

  

3/8/00

  

2.1

      

2.02

  

Agreement and Plan of Merger dated September 23, 2001, by and among the Registrant, Illinois Acquisition Corporation and Illuminet Holdings, Inc.

  

S-4

  

10/10/01

  

4.03

      

3.01

  

Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant

  

S-1

  

1/29/98

  

3.02

      

3.02

  

Certificate of Amendment of Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant dated May 27, 1999

  

S-8

  

7/15/99

  

4.03

      

3.03

  

Certificate of Amendment of Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant dated June 8, 2000

  

S-8

  

6/14/00

  

4.03

      

3.04

  

Amended and Restated Bylaws of Registrant

  

S-1

  

1/29/98

  

3.05

      

3.05

  

Amendment to Amended and Restated Bylaws of Registrant

  

S-8

  

6/14/00

  

4.04

      

4.01

  

Registration Rights Agreement dated as of March 6, 2000, between the Registrant and the parties indicated therein

  

8-K

  

3/8/00

  

99.1

      

 

61


Table of Contents

Exhibit Number


       

Incorporated by Reference


    

Filed Herewith


  

Exhibit Description


  

Form


  

Date


  

Number


    

4.02

  

Rights Agreement dated as of September 27, 2002, between the Registrant and Mellon Investor Services LLC, as Rights Agent, which includes as Exhibit A the Form of Certificate of Designations of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock, as Exhibit B the Summary of Stock Purchase Rights and as Exhibit C the Form of Rights Certificate

  

8-A

  

9/30/02

  

4.01

      

4.03

  

Amendment to Rights Agreement dated as of February 11, 2003, between the Registrant and Mellon Investor Services LLC, as Rights Agent

  

8-A/A

  

3/19/03

  

4.02

      

10.01

  

Form of Indemnification Agreement entered into by the

Registrant with each of its directors and executive officers

  

S-1

  

1/29/98

  

10.05

      

10.02

  

Form of Revised Indemnification Agreement entered into by the Registrant with each of its directors and executive officers

                   

X

10.03

  

Registrant’s 1995 Stock Option Plan, as amended through 8/6/96

  

S-1

  

1/29/98

  

10.06

      

10.04

  

Registrant’s 1997 Stock Option Plan

  

S-1

  

1/29/98

  

10.07

      

10.05

  

Registrant’s 1998 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended through 5/21/02

  

10-Q

  

8/14/02

  

10.1

      

10.06

  

Registrant’s 1998 Directors’ Stock Option Plan, as amended through 5/21/02

  

10-Q

  

8/14/02

  

10.2

      

10.07

  

Registrant’s 1998 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, as amended through 6/8/00

  

S-8

  

6/14/00

  

4.06

      

10.08

  

Registrant’s 2001 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended through 11/22/02

                   

X

10.09

  

Registrant’s Executive Loan Program of 1996

  

S-1

  

1/29/98

  

10.11

      

10.10

  

Form of Full Recourse Secured Promissory Note and Form of Pledge and Security Agreement entered into between the

Registrant and certain executive officers

  

S-1

  

1/29/98

  

10.14

      

10.11

  

Assignment Agreement, dated as of April 18, 1995 between the Registrant and RSA Data Security, Inc.

  

S-1

  

1/29/98

  

10.15

      

10.12

  

BSAFE/TIPEM OEM Master License Agreement, dated as of April 18, 1995, between the Registrant and RSA Data Security, Inc., as amended

  

S-1

  

1/29/98

  

10.16

      

10.13

  

Amendment Number Two to BSAFE/TIPEM OEM Master

License Agreement dated as of December 31, 1998 between the Registrant and RSA Data Security, Inc.

  

S-1

  

1/5/99

  

10.31

      

10.14

  

Non-Compete and Non-Solicitation Agreement, dated April 18, 1995, between the Registrant and RSA Security, Inc.

  

S-1

  

1/29/98

  

10.17

      

10.15*

  

Microsoft/VeriSign Certificate Technology Preferred Provider Agreement, effective as of May 1, 1997, between the Registrant and Microsoft Corporation

  

S-1

  

1/29/98

  

10.18

      

10.16*

  

Master Development and License Agreement, dated as of September 30, 1997, between the Registrant and Security Dynamics Technologies, Inc.

  

S-1

  

1/29/98

  

10.19

      

 

62


Table of Contents

Exhibit Number


       

Incorporated by Reference


    

Filed Herewith


  

Exhibit Description


  

Form


  

Date


  

Number


    

10.18

  

Amendment Number One to Master Development and License Agreement dated as of December 31, 1998 between the Registrant and Security Dynamics Technologies, Inc.

  

S-1

  

1/5/99

  

10.30

      

10.19

  

Employment Offer Letter Agreement between the Registrant

and Stratton Sclavos dated as of June 12, 1995, as amended October 4, 1995

  

S-1

  

1/29/98

  

10.28

      

10.20

  

Separation Letter Agreement between James P. Rutt and the Registrant dated as of February 23, 2001

  

10-K

  

3/28/01

  

10.37

      

10.21

  

Description of Severance Arrangement between the Registrant and William P. Fasig

                   

X

10.22

  

Employment Offer Letter Agreement between the Registrant and W. G. Champion Mitchell dated July 25, 2001

                   

X

10.23

  

.com Registry Agreement between VeriSign and ICANN

  

8-K

  

6/1/01

  

99.3

      

10.24

  

.net Registry Agreement between VeriSign and ICANN

  

8-K

  

6/1/01

  

99.4

      

10.25

  

.org Registry Agreement between VeriSign and ICANN

  

8-K

  

6/1/01

  

99.5

      

10.26

  

Amendment No. 24 to Cooperative Agreement #NCR 92-18742 between the DOC and Network Solutions, Inc.

  

8-K

  

6/1/01

  

99.6

      

10.27

  

Deed of Lease between TST Waterview I, L.L.C. and the Registrant dated as of July 19, 2001

  

10-Q

  

11/14/01

  

10.01

      

10.28

  

Agreement to Purchase Building between the Registrant and Sobrato Development Co. #792, dated as of October 1, 2001

  

10-Q

  

11/14/01

  

10.02

      

10.29

  

Agreement to Purchase Buildings between the Registrant and Ellis-Middlefield Business Park, dated as of October 1, 2001

  

10-Q

  

11/14/01

  

10.03

      

21.01

  

Subsidiaries of the Registrant

                   

X

23.01

  

Consent of KPMG LLP

                   

X

99.01

  

Certification of President/Chief Executive Officer/Chairman of the Board, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

                   

X

99.02

  

Certification of Executive Vice President of Finance and Administration/Chief Financial Officer, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

                   

X


  *Confidential treatment was received with respect to certain portions of this agreement. Such portions were omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

(b) Reports on Form 8-K

 

No reports on Form 8-K were filed during the quarter ended December 31, 2002.

 

63


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Mountain View, State of California, on the 31st day of March 2003.

 

VERISIGN,INC.

 
 

By

 

/S/     STRATTON D. SCLAVOS        

 
   

Stratton D. Sclavos
President and Chief Executive Officer

 

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS that each individual whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Stratton D. Sclavos, Dana L. Evan and James M. Ulam, and each of them, his or her true lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to this Annual Report on Form 10-K and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto and all documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granted unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents or any of them, or his, her or their substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

 

In accordance with the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities indicated on the 31st day of March 2003.

 

Signature


  

Title


/S/    STRATTON D. SCLAVOS        


Stratton D. Sclavos

  

President, Chief Executive Officer and

    Chairman of the Board

/S/    DANA L. EVAN        


Dana L. Evan

  

Executive Vice President of Finance and

    Administration and Chief Financial Officer

    (Principal finance and accounting officer)

/S/    D. JAMES BIDZOS        


D. James Bidzos

  

Vice Chairman of the Board

/S/    WILLIAM CHENEVICH        


William Chenevich

  

Director

/S/    KEVIN R. COMPTON        


Kevin R. Compton

  

Director

/S/    DAVID J. COWAN        


David J. Cowan

  

Director

/S/    SCOTT G. KRIENS        


Scott G. Kriens

  

Director

/S/    ROGER H. MOORE        


Roger H. Moore

  

Director

/S/    GREGORY L. REYES        


Gregory L. Reyes

  

Director

 

64


Table of Contents

CERTIFICATIONS

 

I, Stratton D. Sclavos, certify that:

 

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of VeriSign, Inc.;

 

2. Based on my knowledge, this annual report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this annual report;

 

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this annual report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this annual report;

 

4. The registrant’s other certifying officers and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-14 and 15d-14) for the registrant and we have:

 

a) designed such disclosure controls and procedures to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this annual report is being prepared;

 

b) evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures as of a date within 90 days prior to the filing date of this annual report (the “Evaluation Date”); and

 

c) presented in this annual report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures based on our evaluation as of the Evaluation Date;

 

5. The registrant’s other certifying officers and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

a) all significant deficiencies in the design or operation of internal controls which could adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial data and have identified for the registrant’s auditors any material weaknesses in internal controls; and

 

b) any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal controls; and

 

6. The registrant’s other certifying officers and I have indicated in this annual report whether there were significant changes in internal controls or in other factors that could significantly affect internal controls subsequent to the date of our most recent evaluation, including any corrective actions with regard to significant deficiencies and material weaknesses.

 

Date: March 31, 2003

By:

  

/S/     STRATTON D. SCLAVOS          

 
    

Stratton D. Sclavos

    

President, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board

 

65


Table of Contents

 

I, Dana L. Evan, certify that:

 

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of VeriSign, Inc.;

 

2. Based on my knowledge, this annual report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this annual report;

 

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this annual report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this annual report;

 

4. The registrant’s other certifying officers and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-14 and 15d-14) for the registrant and we have:

 

a) designed such disclosure controls and procedures to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this annual report is being prepared;

 

b) evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures as of a date within 90 days prior to the filing date of this annual report (the “Evaluation Date”); and

 

c) presented in this annual report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures based on our evaluation as of the Evaluation Date;

 

5. The registrant’s other certifying officers and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

a) all significant deficiencies in the design or operation of internal controls which could adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial data and have identified for the registrant’s auditors any material weaknesses in internal controls; and

 

b) any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal controls; and

 

6. The registrant’s other certifying officers and I have indicated in this annual report whether there were significant changes in internal controls or in other factors that could significantly affect internal controls subsequent to the date of our most recent evaluation, including any corrective actions with regard to significant deficiencies and material weaknesses.

 

Date: March 31, 2003

 

By:

 

/S/    DANA L. EVAN

   
   

Dana L. Evan

   

Executive Vice President of Finance and Administration and Chief Financial Officer

 

66


Table of Contents

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

As required under Item 8—Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, the consolidated financial statements of VeriSign are provided in this separate section. The consolidated financial statements included in this section are as follows:

 

Financial Statement Description


  

Page


•   Independent Auditors’ Report

  

68

•   Consolidated Balance Sheets
As of December 31, 2002 and 2001

  

69

•   Consolidated Statements of Operations
For the Years Ended December 31, 2002, 2001 and 2000

  

70

•   Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity
For the Years Ended December 31, 2002, 2001 and 2000

  

71

•   Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss
For the Years Ended December 31, 2002, 2001 and 2000

  

72

•   Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
For the Years Ended December 31, 2002, 2001 and 2000

  

73

•   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

  

74

 

67


Table of Contents

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT

 

The Board of Directors and Stockholders

VeriSign, Inc.:

 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of VeriSign, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2002 and 2001, and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders’ equity, comprehensive loss and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2002. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

 

We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of VeriSign, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2002 and 2001, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2002, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

 

As discussed in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, effective July 1, 2001, the Company adopted the provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 141, “Business Combinations,” and certain provisions of SFAS No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets,” as required for goodwill and intangible assets resulting from business combinations consummated after June 30, 2001. On January 1, 2002, the Company completed its adoption of SFAS No. 142.

 

/S/    KPMG LLP

 

Mountain View, California

January 21, 2003

 

68


Table of Contents

VERISIGN, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(In thousands, except share data)

 

    

December 31,


 

ASSETS


  

2002


    

2001


 

Current assets:

                 

Cash and cash equivalents

  

$

282,288

 

  

$

306,054

 

Short-term investments

  

 

121,616

 

  

 

420,643

 

Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $27,853 in 2002 and $24,290 in 2001

  

 

134,124

 

  

 

290,923

 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

  

 

56,618

 

  

 

72,939

 

Deferred tax assets

  

 

9,658

 

  

 

—  

 

    


  


Total current assets

  

 

604,304

 

  

 

1,090,559

 

Property and equipment, net

  

 

609,354

 

  

 

532,546

 

Goodwill and other intangible assets, net

  

 

1,129,602

 

  

 

5,691,169

 

Long-term investments

  

 

36,741

 

  

 

201,781

 

Other assets, net

  

 

11,317

 

  

 

21,453

 

    


  


Total assets

  

$

2,391,318

 

  

$

7,537,508

 

    


  


LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY


             

Current liabilities:

                 

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities

  

$

278,545

 

  

$

313,447

 

Accrued merger costs

  

 

5,015

 

  

 

49,069

 

Accrued restructuring costs

  

 

23,835

 

  

 

—  

 

Deferred revenue

  

 

357,950

 

  

 

471,329

 

    


  


Total current liabilities

  

 

665,345

 

  

 

833,845

 

    


  


Long-term deferred revenue

  

 

125,893

 

  

 

150,727

 

Other long-term liabilities

  

 

20,655

 

  

 

46,862

 

    


  


Total long-term liabilities

  

 

146,548

 

  

 

197,589

 

    


  


Total liabilities

  

 

811,893

 

  

 

1,031,434

 

    


  


Commitments and contingencies

                 

Stockholders’ equity:

                 

Preferred stock—par value $.001 per share
Authorized shares: 5,000,000 Issued and outstanding shares: none

  

 

—  

 

  

 

—  

 

Common stock—par value $.001 per share Authorized shares: 1,000,000,000
Issued and outstanding shares: 237,510,063, excluding 1,690,000 shares held in treasury, at December 31, 2002; 234,358,114, excluding
1,690,000 shares held in treasury, at December 31, 2001

  

 

238

 

  

 

234

 

Additional paid-in capital

  

 

23,072,212

 

  

 

23,051,546

 

Notes receivable from stockholders

  

 

—  

 

  

 

(252

)

Unearned compensation

  

 

(8,086

)

  

 

(27,042

)

Accumulated deficit

  

 

(21,480,175

)

  

 

(16,518,878

)

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

  

 

(4,764

)

  

 

466

 

    


  


Total stockholders’ equity

  

 

1,579,425

 

  

 

6,506,074

 

    


  


Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

  

$

2,391,318

 

  

$

7,537,508

 

    


  


 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

69


Table of Contents

VERISIGN, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(In thousands, except per share data)

 

    

Year Ended December 31,


 
    

2002


    

2001


    

2000


 

Revenues

  

$

1,221,668

 

  

$

983,564

 

  

$

474,766

 

    


  


  


Costs and expenses:

                          

Cost of revenues

  

 

571,367

 

  

 

343,721

 

  

 

163,049

 

Sales and marketing

  

 

248,170

 

  

 

259,585

 

  

 

167,148

 

Research and development

  

 

48,353

 

  

 

78,134

 

  

 

41,256

 

General and administrative

  

 

172,123

 

  

 

143,297

 

  

 

60,672

 

Write-off of acquired in-process research and development

  

 

—  

 

  

 

—  

 

  

 

54,000

 

Restructuring and other charges

  

 

88,574

 

  

 

—  

 

  

 

—  

 

Amortization and write-down of goodwill and other intangible assets

  

 

4,894,714

 

  

 

13,569,653

 

  

 

3,188,950

 

    


  


  


Total costs and expenses

  

 

6,023,301

 

  

 

14,394,390

 

  

 

3,675,075

 

    


  


  


Operating loss

  

 

(4,801,633

)

  

 

(13,410,826

)

  

 

(3,200,309

)

Other income (expense):

                          

Interest and investment income (loss)

  

 

(148,946

)

  

 

(20,681

)

  

 

87,647

 

Other income (expense), net

  

 

73

 

  

 

(1,788

)

  

 

(1,478

)

    


  


  


Total other income (expense)

  

 

(148,873

)

  

 

(22,469

)

  

 

86,169

 

    


  


  


Loss before income taxes and minority interest

  

 

(4,950,506

)

  

 

(13,433,295

)

  

 

(3,114,140

)

Income tax benefit (expense)

  

 

(10,375

)

  

 

77,922

 

  

 

—  

 

    


  


  


Loss before minority interest

  

 

(4,960,881

)

  

 

(13,355,373

)

  

 

(3,114,140

)

Minority interest in net income of subsidiary

  

 

(416

)

  

 

(579

)

  

 

(1,334

)

    


  


  


Net loss

  

$

(4,961,297

)

  

$

(13,355,952

)

  

$

(3,115,474

)

    


  


  


Net loss per share:

                          

Basic and diluted

  

$

(20.97

)

  

$

(65.64

)

  

$

(19.57

)

    


  


  


Shares used in per share computation:

                          

Basic and diluted

  

 

236,552

 

  

 

203,478

 

  

 

159,169

 

    


  


  


 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

70


Table of Contents

VERISIGN, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

(In thousands, except share data)

 

    

Year Ended December 31,


 
    

2002


    

2001


    

2000


 

Common stock:

                          

Balance, beginning of year:

                          

234,358,114 shares at January 1, 2002

                          

198,639,497 shares at January 1, 2001

                          

103,482,841 shares at January 1, 2000

  

$

234

 

  

$

199

 

  

$

103

 

Issuance of common stock for business combinations:

                          

31,513,530 shares in 2001

                          

88,948,676 shares in 2000

  

 

—  

 

  

 

31

 

  

 

89

 

Issuance of common stock under employee stock purchase plan:

                          

645,595 shares in 2002

                          

201,953 shares in 2001

                          

550,724 shares in 2000

  

 

1

 

  

 

—  

 

  

 

1

 

Exercise of common stock options:

                          

2,506,354 shares in 2002

                          

5,653,134 shares in 2001

                          

5,657,256 shares in 2000

  

 

3

 

  

 

6

 

  

 

6

 

Repurchase of common stock:

                          

1,650,000 shares in 2001

  

 

—  

 

  

 

(2

)

  

 

—  

 

    


  


  


Balance, end of year:

                          

237,510,063 shares at December 31, 2002

                          

234,358,114 shares at December 31, 2001

                          

198,639,497 shares at December 31, 2000

  

 

238

 

  

 

234

 

  

 

199

 

    


  


  


Additional paid-in capital:

                          

Balance, beginning of year

  

 

23,051,546

 

  

 

21,670,647

 

  

 

258,239

 

Issuance of common stock and common stock options for business combinations

  

 

—  

 

  

 

1,370,208

 

  

 

21,273,280

 

Issuance of common stock under employee stock purchase plan

  

 

7,546

 

  

 

9,767

 

  

 

4,696

 

Income tax benefit from exercise of employee stock options

  

 

—  

 

  

 

—  

 

  

 

67,448

 

Exercise of common stock options

  

 

13,120

 

  

 

70,436

 

  

 

66,984

 

Repurchase of common stock

  

 

—  

 

  

 

(69,512

)

  

 

—  

 

    


  


  


Balance, end of year

  

 

23,072,212

 

  

 

23,051,546

 

  

 

21,670,647

 

    


  


  


Notes receivable from stockholders:

                          

Balance, beginning of year

  

 

(252

)

  

 

(245

)

  

 

—  

 

Loans acquired through business combinations

  

 

—  

 

  

 

—  

 

  

 

(766

)

Interest accrued

  

 

—  

 

  

 

(7

)

  

 

—  

 

Payments on notes receivable

  

 

—  

 

  

 

—  

 

  

 

521

 

Write-off of notes receivable

  

 

252

 

  

 

—  

 

  

 

—  

 

    


  


  


Balance, end of year

  

 

—  

 

  

 

(252

)

  

 

(245

)

    


  


  


Unearned compensation:

                          

Balance, beginning of year

  

 

(27,042

)

  

 

(36,365

)

  

 

(172

)

Unearned compensation resulting from business combinations

  

 

—  

 

  

 

(24,296

)

  

 

(37,915

)

Reversal of unearned compensation upon forfeiture of awards

  

 

—  

 

  

 

25,816

 

  

 

—  

 

Amortization of unearned compensation

  

 

18,956

 

  

 

7,803

 

  

 

1,722

 

    


  


  


Balance, end of year

  

 

(8,086

)

  

 

(27,042

)

  

 

(36,365

)

    


  


  


Accumulated deficit:

                          

Balance, beginning of year

  

 

(16,518,878

)

  

 

(3,162,926

)

  

 

(47,452

)

Net loss

  

 

(4,961,297

)

  

 

(13,355,952

)

  

 

(3,115,474

)

    


  


  


Balance, end of year

  

 

(21,480,175

)

  

 

(16,518,878

)

  

 

(3,162,926

)

    


  


  


Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss):

                          

Balance, beginning of year

  

 

466

 

  

 

(702

)

  

 

87,641

 

Translation adjustments

  

 

(1,689

)

  

 

(3,597

)

  

 

525

 

Change in unrealized gain (loss) on investments, net of tax

  

 

(3,541

)

  

 

4,765

 

  

 

(88,868

)

    


  


  


Balance, end of year

  

 

(4,764

)

  

 

466

 

  

 

(702

)

    


  


  


Total stockholders’ equity

  

$

1,579,425

 

  

$

6,506,074

 

  

$

18,470,608

 

    


  


  


 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

71


Table of Contents

VERISIGN, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE LOSS

(In thousands)

 

    

Year Ended December 31,


 
    

2002


    

2001


    

2000


 

Net loss

  

$

(4,961,297

)

  

$

(13,355,952

)

  

$

(3,115,474

)

Other comprehensive income (loss):

                          

Translation adjustments

  

 

(1,689

)

  

 

(3,597

)

  

 

525

 

Change in unrealized gain (loss) on investments, net of tax

  

 

(3,541

)

  

 

4,765

 

  

 

(88,868

)

    


  


  


Comprehensive loss

  

$

(4,966,527

)

  

$

(13,354,784

)

  

$

(3,203,817

)

    


  


  


 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

72


Table of Contents

VERISIGN, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(In thousands)

 

    

Year Ended December 31,


 
    

2002


    

2001


    

2000


 

Cash flows from operating activities:

                          

Net loss

  

$

(4,961,297

)

  

$

(13,355,952

)

  

$

(3,115,474

)

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by operating activities:

                          

Depreciation and amortization of property and equipment

  

 

105,482

 

  

 

58,862

 

  

 

27,855

 

Amortization and write-down of goodwill and other intangible assets

  

 

4,894,714

 

  

 

13,569,653

 

  

 

3,188,950

 

Write-off of acquired in-process research and development

  

 

—  

 

  

 

—  

 

  

 

54,000

 

Provision for doubtful accounts

  

 

42,712

 

  

 

26,910

 

  

 

5,797

 

Non-cash restructuring charges

  

 

41,868

 

  

 

—  

 

  

 

—  

 

Reciprocal transactions for purchases of property and equipment

  

 

(6,375

)

  

 

(5,500

)

  

 

—  

 

Net loss (gain) on write-down and sale of marketable securities

  

 

162,469

 

  

 

87,022

 

  

 

(34,996

)

Minority interest in net income of subsidiary

  

 

416

 

  

 

579

 

  

 

1,334

 

Income tax expense (benefit)

  

 

10,375

 

  

 

(77,922

)

  

 

—  

 

Amortization of unearned compensation

  

 

18,956

 

  

 

7,803

 

  

 

1,722

 

Loss on disposal of property and equipment

  

 

2,220

 

  

 

6,180

 

  

 

520

 

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

                          

Accounts receivable

  

 

158,757

 

  

 

(142,824

)

  

 

(87,965

)

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

  

 

(34,295

)

  

 

(4,674

)

  

 

29,359

 

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities

  

 

(48,587

)

  

 

10,890

 

  

 

71,803

 

Deferred revenue

  

 

(147,324

)

  

 

46,511

 

  

 

49,092

 

    


  


  


Net cash provided by operating activities

  

 

240,091

 

  

 

227,538

 

  

 

191,997

 

    


  


  


Cash flows from investing activities:

                          

Purchases of investments

  

 

(132,119

)

  

 

(1,284,047

)

  

 

(1,205,170

)

Proceeds from maturities and sales of investments

  

 

423,610

 

  

 

1,383,029

 

  

 

640,803

 

Purchases of property and equipment

  

 

(176,233

)

  

 

(380,269

)

  

 

(58,778

)

Net cash acquired (paid) in business combinations

  

 

(348,643

)

  

 

(52,640

)

  

 

835,758

 

Merger related costs

  

 

(53,554

)

  

 

(24,127

)

  

 

(62,594

)

Other assets

  

 

4,448

 

  

 

(31,032

)

  

 

(26,015

)

    


  


  


Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

  

 

(282,491

)

  

 

(389,086

)

  

 

124,004

 

    


  


  


Cash flows from financing activities:

                          

Proceeds from issuance of common stock

  

 

20,670

 

  

 

80,209

 

  

 

71,687

 

Repurchase of common stock

  

 

—  

 

  

 

(69,514

)

  

 

—  

 

Collections on notes receivable from stockholders

  

 

—  

 

  

 

—  

 

  

 

521

 

Investment in VeriSign Japan K.K.

  

 

268

 

  

 

142

 

  

 

1,246

 

Payments of debt

  

 

(615

)

  

 

—  

 

  

 

—  

 

    


  


  


Net cash provided by financing activities

  

 

20,323

 

  

 

10,837

 

  

 

73,454

 

    


  


  


Effect of exchange rate changes

  

 

(1,689

)

  

 

(3,597

)

  

 

525

 

    


  


  


Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents

  

 

(23,766

)

  

 

(154,308

)

  

 

389,980

 

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

  

 

306,054

 

  

 

460,362

 

  

 

70,382

 

    


  


  


Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

  

$

282,288

 

  

$

306,054

 

  

$

460,362

 

    


  


  


Supplemental cash flow disclosures:

                          

Noncash investing and financing activities:

                          

Issuance of common stock for business combinations

  

$

—   

 

  

$

1,370,239

 

  

$

21,273,369

 

    


  


  


Income tax benefit from exercise of stock options

  

$

—   

 

  

$

—  

 

  

$

67,448

 

    


  


  


Unrealized gain (loss) on investments, net of tax

  

$

(3,541

)

  

$

4,765

 

  

$

(88,868

)

    


  


  


Cash paid for income taxes

  

$

23,011

 

  

$

4,169

 

  

$

1,267

 

    


  


  


 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

73


Table of Contents

VERISIGN, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

DECEMBER 31, 2002, 2001 AND 2000

 

Note 1.    Description of Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

 

Description of Business

 

VeriSign, Inc., a Delaware corporation, is a leading provider of critical infrastructure services that enable Web site owners, enterprises, communications service providers, electronic commerce service providers and individuals to engage in secure digital commerce and communications. VeriSign’s services include three core offerings: Internet security and registry services, telecommunications services, and Web presence services. VeriSign markets its products and services through its direct sales force, telesales operations, member organizations in its global affiliate network, value-added resellers, service providers, and its Web sites.

 

Principles of Consolidation

 

The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of VeriSign and its subsidiaries after elimination of intercompany accounts and transactions. As of December 31, 2002, VeriSign owned approximately 67.7% and 50.2% of the outstanding shares of capital stock of its subsidiaries, VeriSign Japan K.K. and VeriSign Australia Limited, respectively. The minority interest in VeriSign Japan K.K. and VeriSign Australia Limited are included in other long-term liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. Changes in VeriSign’s proportionate share of the net assets of both VeriSign Japan K.K. and VeriSign Australia Limited resulting from sales of capital stock by the subsidiary are accounted for as equity transactions.

 

Use of Estimates

 

The discussion and analysis of VeriSign’s financial condition and results of operations are based upon its consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. The preparation of these financial statements requires management to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses, and related disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities. On an ongoing basis, management evaluates its estimates, including those related to revenue recognition, allowance for doubtful accounts, investments and long-lived assets. Management bases its estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily available from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents

 

VeriSign considers all highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less at the date of acquisition to be cash equivalents. Cash and cash equivalents include money market funds, commercial paper and various deposit accounts.

 

Short-Term Investments

 

VeriSign invests in debt and equity securities of technology companies for business and strategic purposes. Investments in public companies are classified as “available-for-sale” and are included in short-term investments in the consolidated financial statements. These investments are carried at fair value based on quoted market prices. VeriSign reviews its marketable equity holdings in publicly traded companies on a regular basis to determine if any security has experienced an other-than-temporary decline in its fair value. VeriSign considers the investee company’s cash position, earnings and revenue outlook, stock price performance over the past

 

74


Table of Contents

VERISIGN, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

DECEMBER 31, 2002, 2001 AND 2000

 

six months, liquidity and management, among other factors, in its review. If it is determined that an other-than-temporary decline in fair value exists in a marketable equity security, VeriSign records an investment loss in its consolidated statement of operations.

 

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

 

The fair value of VeriSign’s cash, accounts receivable, long-term investments, accounts payable and long-term debt approximates the carrying amount, which is the amount for which the instrument could be exchanged in a current transaction between willing parties.

 

Long-Term Investments

 

Investments in non-public companies are included in long-term investments in the consolidated balance sheets and are accounted for under the cost method. For these non-quoted investments, VeriSign regularly reviews the assumptions underlying the operating performance and cash flow forecasts based on information requested from these privately held companies. Generally, this information may be more limited, may not be as timely and may be less accurate than information available from publicly traded companies. Assessing each investment’s carrying value requires significant judgment by management. If it is determined that an other-than-temporary decline exists in a non-public equity security, VeriSign writes-down the investment to its fair value and records the related write-down as an investment loss in its consolidated statement of operations. Generally, if cash balances are insufficient to sustain the investee’s operations for a six-month period and there are no current prospects of future funding for the investee, VeriSign considers the decline in fair value to be other-than-temporary. During 2002 and 2001, VeriSign determined that the decline in value of certain of its public and non-public equity investments was other-than-temporary and recorded write-downs of these investments totaling $170.9 million and $89.1 million, respectively.

 

From time to time, VeriSign may recognize revenues from companies in which it also has made an investment. In addition to its normal revenue recognition policies, VeriSign also considers the amount of other third-party investments in the company, its earnings and revenue outlook, and its operational performance in determining the propriety and amount of revenues to recognize. If the investment is made in the same quarter that revenues are recognized, VeriSign looks to the investments of other third parties made at that time to establish the fair value of VeriSign’s investment in the company as well as to support the amount of revenues recognized. VeriSign typically makes its investments with others where its investment is less than 50% of the total financing round. VeriSign’s policy is not to recognize revenue in excess of other investors’ financing of the company. VeriSign recognized revenues totaling $27.1 million in 2002, $64.0 million in 2001 and $13.2 million in 2000 from customers, including VeriSign Affiliates, with whom it had previously participated in a private equity round of financing.

 

Trade Accounts Receivable

 

Trade accounts receivable are recorded at the invoiced amount and do not bear interest. The allowance for doubtful accounts is VeriSign’s best estimate of the amount of probable credit losses in VeriSign’s existing accounts receivable. VeriSign determines the allowance based on historical write-off experience, current market trends and for larger accounts, the ability to pay outstanding balances. VeriSign continually reviews its allowance for doubtful accounts. Past due balances over 90 days and other higher risk amounts are reviewed individually for collectibility. Account balances are charged against the allowance after all collection efforts have been exhausted and the potential for recovery is considered remote.

 

75


Table of Contents

VERISIGN, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

DECEMBER 31, 2002, 2001 AND 2000

 

 

Property and Equipment

 

Property and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is calculated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets, 40 years for buildings and three to five years for computer equipment, purchased software, office equipment, and furniture and fixtures. Leasehold improvements are amortized using the straight-line method over the lesser of the estimated useful lives of the assets or lease terms.

 

Capitalized Software

 

Costs incurred in connection with the development of software products are accounted for in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 86, Accounting for the Costs of Computer Software to Be Sold, Leased or Otherwise Marketed. Development costs incurred in the research and development of new software products, and enhancements to existing software products are expensed as incurred until technological feasibility in the form of a working model has been established. To date, VeriSign’s software has been available for general release concurrent with the establishment of technological feasibility, and accordingly no such costs have been capitalized.

 

Software included in property and equipment includes amounts paid for purchased software and implementation services for software used internally that has been capitalized in accordance with the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Statement of Position (“SOP”) No. 98-1. In 2002 and 2001, VeriSign capitalized $28.8 million and $8.0 million, respectively, of implementation and consulting services from third parties for software that is used internally. In 2002, $19.1 million of costs related to internally developed software were capitalized. No such costs were capitalized in 2001.

 

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

 

Goodwill represents the excess of costs over fair value of assets of businesses acquired. VeriSign adopted the provisions of SFAS No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets, as of January 1, 2002. Goodwill and other intangible assets acquired in a purchase business combination and determined to have an indefinite useful life are not amortized, but instead tested for impairment at least annually in accordance with the provisions of SFAS No. 142. As of the date of adoption of SFAS No. 142, $5.0 billion of goodwill, net of accumulated amortization, including workforce in place, ceased to be amortized. SFAS No. 142 also requires that intangible assets with estimable useful lives be amortized over their respective estimated useful lives to their finite residual values, and reviewed for impairment in accordance with SFAS No. 144, Accounting for Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets.

 

Prior to the adoption of SFAS No. 142, goodwill was amortized on a straight-line basis over the expected periods to be benefited, generally three to four years, and assessed for recoverability by determining whether the amortization of the goodwill balance over its remaining life could be recovered through undiscounted future operating cash flows of the acquired operation. All other intangible assets were amortized on a straight-line basis, generally from two to four years. The amount of the impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets, if any, was measured based on projected discounted future operating cash flows using a discount rate reflecting VeriSign’s average cost of funds.

 

76


Table of Contents

VERISIGN, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

DECEMBER 31, 2002, 2001 AND 2000

 

 

Had the provisions of SFAS No. 142 been in effect for all periods presented, VeriSign’s net loss would have been as follows:

 

    

Year Ended December 31,


 
    

2002


    

2001


    

2000


 
    

(In thousands, except per share data)

 

Net loss:

                          

Net loss as reported

  

$

(4,961,297

)

  

$

(13,355,952

)

  

$

(3,115,474

)

Add back amortization of goodwill and workforce in place

  

 

—  

 

  

 

3,409,621

 

  

 

3,011,921

 

    


  


  


Net loss as adjusted

  

$

(4,961,297

)

  

$

(9,946,331

)

  

$

(103,553

)

    


  


  


Net loss per share:

                          

Basic and diluted as reported

  

$

(20.97

)

  

$

(65.64

)

  

$

(19.57

)

Add back amortization of goodwill and workforce in place

  

 

  —  

 

  

 

16.76

 

  

 

18.92

 

    


  


  


Basic and diluted as adjusted

  

$

(20.97

)

  

$

(48.88

)

  

$

(0.65

)

    


  


  


 

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

 

In accordance with SFAS No. 144, long-lived assets, such as property, plant, and equipment, and purchased intangibles subject to amortization, are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. Such events or circumstances include, but are not limited to, a significant decrease in the fair value of the underlying business, a significant decrease in the benefits realized from an acquired business, difficulties or delays in integrating the business or a significant change in the operations of an acquired business. Recoverability of assets to be held and used is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of an asset to estimated undiscounted future cash flows expected to be generated by the asset. If the carrying amount of an asset exceeds its estimated future cash flows, an impairment charge is recognized by the amount by which the carrying amount of the asset exceeds its fair value.

 

Goodwill and acquired intangible assets not subject to amortization are tested annually for impairment, and are tested for impairment more frequently if events and circumstances indicate that the asset might be impaired. For goodwill, an impairment loss is recognized when its carrying amount exceeds its implied fair value as defined by SFAS No. 142. For acquired intangible assets not subject to amortization, an impairment loss is recognized to the extent that the carrying amount of the asset exceeds its fair value.

 

Prior to the adoption of SFAS No. 144, VeriSign accounted for long-lived assets in accordance with SFAS No. 121, Accounting for Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and for Long-Lived Assets to be Disposed Of.

 

Foreign Currency Translation

 

The functional currency for several of VeriSign’s international subsidiaries is the U.S. Dollar; however, the subsidiaries’ books of record are maintained in local currency. As a result, the subsidiaries’ financial statements are remeasured into U.S. Dollars using a combination of current and historical exchange rates and any transaction gains and losses are included in operating results.

 

The financial statements of the subsidiaries for which the local currency is the functional currency are translated into U.S. Dollars using the current rate for assets and liabilities and a weighted-average rate for the

 

77


Table of Contents

VERISIGN, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

DECEMBER 31, 2002, 2001 AND 2000

 

period for revenues and expenses. The cumulative translation adjustment that results from this translation is included in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss).

 

Revenue Recognition

 

VeriSign derives revenues from three primary categories: (i) security services, which include managed security and network services, Web trust services and payment services, and registry services; (ii) telecommunications services, which include connectivity, intelligent networks, wireless and clearinghouse services; and (iii) domain name registration services. The revenue recognition policy for each of these areas is as follows:

 

Domain Name Registration Services

 

Domain name registration revenues consist primarily of registration fees charged to customers and registrars for domain name registration services. Revenues from the initial registration or renewal of domain name registration services are deferred and recognized ratably over the registration term, generally one to two years and up to ten years.

 

Domain name registration renewal fees are estimated and recorded based on renewal and collection rates. Customers are notified of the expiration of their registration in advance, and VeriSign records the receivables for estimated renewal fees in the month preceding the anniversary date of their registration when VeriSign has a right to bill under the terms of domain name registration agreements. The variance between the actual collections and the rate used to estimate the renewal fees is reflected in the setting of renewal rates for prospective periods. Fees for renewals and advance extensions to the existing term are deferred until the new incremental period commences. These fees are then recognized ratably over the new registration term, ranging from one to ten years.

 

Security Services and Registry Services

 

Revenues from the licensing of digital certificate technology and business process technology are derived from arrangements involving multiple elements including post-contract customer support, or PCS, training and other services. These licenses, which do not provide for right of return, are primarily perpetual licenses for which revenues are recognized up-front once all criteria for revenue recognition have been met.

 

Revenues from the sale or renewal of digital certificates are deferred and recognized ratably over the life of the digital certificate, generally 12 months. Revenues from the sale of managed PKI services are deferred and recognized ratably over the term of the license, generally 12 to 36 months. PCS is bundled with managed PKI services licenses and recognized over the license term.

 

VeriSign recognizes revenues from issuances of digital certificates and business process licensing to VeriSign Affiliates in accordance with SOP 97-2, Software Revenue Recognition, as amended by SOP 98-9, and recognizes revenues when all of the following criteria are met: (1) persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, (2) delivery has occurred, (3) the fee is fixed or determinable and (4) collectibility is probable. VeriSign defines each of these four criteria as follows:

 

Persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists.    It is VeriSign’s customary practice to have a written contract, which is signed by both the customer and VeriSign, or a purchase order from those customers who have previously negotiated a standard license arrangement with VeriSign.

 

78


Table of Contents

VERISIGN, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

DECEMBER 31, 2002, 2001 AND 2000

 

 

Delivery has occurred.    VeriSign’s software may be either physically or electronically delivered to the customer. Electronic delivery is deemed to have occurred upon download by the customer from an FTP server. If an arrangement includes undelivered products or services that are essential to the functionality of the delivered product, delivery is not considered to have occurred until these products or services are delivered.

 

The fee is fixed or determinable.    It is VeriSign’s policy to not provide customers the right to a refund of any portion of its license fees paid. VeriSign may agree to extended payment terms with a foreign customer based on local customs. Generally, at least 80% of the arrangement fees are due within one year or less. Arrangements with payment terms extending beyond these customary payment terms are considered not to be fixed or determinable, and revenues from such arrangements are recognized as payments become due and payable.

 

Collectibility is probable.    Collectibility is assessed on a customer-by-customer basis. VeriSign typically sells to customers for whom there is a history of successful collection. New customers are subjected to a credit review process that evaluates the customer’s financial position and ultimately their ability to pay. If it is determined from the outset of an arrangement that collectibility is not probable based upon VeriSign’s credit review process, revenues are recognized as cash is collected.

 

VeriSign allocates revenues on software arrangements involving multiple elements to each element based on the relative fair value of each element. VeriSign’s determination of fair value of each element in multiple element arrangements is based on vendor-specific objective evidence of fair value, or VSOE. VeriSign limits its assessment of VSOE for each element to the price charged when the same element is sold separately. VeriSign has analyzed all of the elements included in its multiple-element arrangements and determined that it has sufficient VSOE to allocate revenues to PCS, professional services and training components of its perpetual license arrangements. VeriSign sells its professional services and training separately, and has established VSOE on this basis. VSOE for PCS is determined based upon the customer’s annual renewal rates for these elements. Accordingly, assuming all other revenue recognition criteria are met, revenues from perpetual licenses are recognized upon delivery using the residual method in accordance with SOP 98-9.

 

VeriSign’s consulting services generally are not essential to the functionality of the software. VeriSign’s software products are fully functional upon delivery and do not require any significant modification or alteration. Customers purchase these consulting services to facilitate the adoption of VeriSign’s technology and dedicate personnel to participate in the services being performed, but they may also decide to use their own resources or appoint other consulting service organizations to provide these services. Software products are billed separately and independently from consulting services, which are generally billed on a time-and-materials or milestone-achieved basis.

 

Revenues from consulting services are recognized using either the percentage-of-completion method or on a time-and-materials basis as work is performed. Percentage-of-completion is based upon the ratio of hours incurred to total hours estimated to be incurred for the project. VeriSign has a history of accurately estimating project status and the hours required to complete projects. If different conditions were to prevail such that accurate estimates could not be made, then the use of the completed contract method would be required and all revenue and costs would be deferred until the project was completed. Revenues from training are recognized as training is performed.

 

Revenues from third-party product sales are recognized when title to the products sold passes to the customer. VeriSign’s shipping terms generally dictate that the passage of title occurs upon shipment of the products to the customer.

 

79


Table of Contents

VERISIGN, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

DECEMBER 31, 2002, 2001 AND 2000

 

 

Revenues from payment services primarily consist of a set-up fee and a monthly service fee for the transaction processing services. In accordance with SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin (“SAB”) No. 101, Revenue Recognition in Financial Statements, revenues from set-up fees are deferred and recognized ratably over the period that the fees are earned. Revenues from the service fees are recognized ratably over the periods in which the services are provided. Advance customer deposits received are deferred and allocated ratably to revenue over the periods the services are provided.

 

Telecommunications Services

 

Revenues from telecommunications services are comprised of network connectivity revenues and intelligent network services revenues, and wireless billing and customer care services. Network connectivity revenues are derived from establishing and maintaining connection to VeriSign’s SS7 network and trunk signaling services. Revenues from network connectivity consist primarily of monthly recurring fees, and trunk signaling service revenues are charged monthly based on the number of switches to which a customer signals. The initial connection fee and related costs are deferred and recognized over the term of the arrangement. Intelligent network services, which include calling card validation, local number portability, wireless services, toll-free database access and caller identification are derived primarily from database administration and database query services and are charged on a per-use or per-query basis. Revenues from prepaid wireless account management services and unregistered wireless roaming services are based on the revenue retained by VeriSign and recognized in the period in which such calls are processed on a per-minute or per-call basis. Revenues from wireless billing and customer care services primarily represent a monthly recurring fee for every subscriber activated by VeriSign’s wireless carrier customers.

 

Clearinghouse services revenues are derived primarily from serving as a distribution and collection point for billing information and payment collection for services provided by one carrier to customers billed by another. Clearinghouse revenues are earned based on the number of messages processed. Included in prepaid expenses and other current assets are amounts from customers that are related to VeriSign’s telecommunications services for third-party network access, data base charges and clearinghouse toll amounts that have been invoiced and remitted to the customer.

 

Reciprocal Agreements

 

On occasion, VeriSign has purchased goods or services for its operations from organizations at or about the same time that VeriSign has licensed its software to these organizations. These transactions are recorded at terms VeriSign considers to be fair value. For these reciprocal arrangements, VeriSign considers Accounting Principles Board (“APB”) Opinion No. 29, Accounting for Nonmonetary Transactions,” and Emerging Issues Task Force (“EITF”) Issue No. 01-02, Interpretation of APB Opinion No. 29, to determine whether the arrangement is a monetary or nonmonetary transaction. Transactions involving the exchange of boot representing 25% or greater of the fair value of the reciprocal arrangement are considered monetary transactions within the context of APB Opinion No. 29 and EITF Issue No. 01-02. Monetary transactions and nonmonetary transactions that represent the culmination of an earnings process are recorded at the fair value of the products delivered or products or services received, whichever is more readily determinable, providing that fair values are determinable within reasonable limits. In determining fair values, VeriSign considers the recent history of cash sales of the same products or services in similar sized transactions. Revenues from such transactions may be recognized over a period of time as the products or services are received. For nonmonetary reciprocal arrangements that do not represent the culmination of the earnings process, the exchange is recorded based on the carrying value of the products delivered, which is generally zero.

 

80


Table of Contents

VERISIGN, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

DECEMBER 31, 2002, 2001 AND 2000

 

 

Revenues recognized under reciprocal arrangements were approximately $14.0 million in 2002, of which $9.7 million involved nonmonetary transactions and recognized revenues of approximately $37.5 million in 2001, of which $27.0 million involved nonmonetary transactions, as defined above. VeriSign did not recognize any revenues under reciprocal arrangements in 2000.

 

Allowance for doubtful accounts

 

VeriSign maintains allowances for doubtful accounts for estimated losses resulting from the inability of its customers to make required payments. VeriSign regularly reviews the adequacy of the accounts receivable allowance after considering the size of the accounts receivable balance, each customer’s expected ability to pay and the collection history with each customer. VeriSign reviews significant invoices that are past due to determine if an allowance is appropriate based on the risk category using the factors described above. In addition, VeriSign maintains a general reserve for all invoices by applying a percentage based on the age category. VeriSign also monitors its accounts receivable for concentration to any one customer, industry or geographic region. To date VeriSign’s receivables have not had any particular concentrations that, if not collected, would have a significant impact on operating income. VeriSign requires all acquired companies to adopt our credit policies. The allowance for doubtful accounts represents VeriSign’s best estimate, but changes in circumstances relating to accounts receivable may result in a requirement for additional allowances in the future.

 

Advertising Expense

 

Advertising costs are expensed as incurred and are included in sales and marketing expense in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations. Advertising expense was $52.1 million in 2002, $102.4 million in 2001 and $90.5 million in 2000.

 

Income Taxes

 

VeriSign uses the asset and liability method to account for income taxes. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. VeriSign records a valuation allowance to reduce deferred tax assets to an amount whose realization is more likely than not.

 

81


Table of Contents

VERISIGN, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

DECEMBER 31, 2002, 2001 AND 2000

 

 

Stock Compensation Plans and Unearned Compensation

 

At December 31, 2002, VeriSign has four stock-based employee compensation plans, including two terminated plans under which options are outstanding but no further grants can be made, and two active plans. VeriSign accounts for these plans under the recognition and measurement principals of APB Opinion No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees. The following table illustrates the effect on net loss and net loss per share if VeriSign had applied the fair value recognition provisions of SFAS No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation,” to stock-based employee compensation.

 

    

Year Ended December 31,


 
    

2002


    

2001


    

2000


 
    

(In thousands, except per share data)

 

Net loss, as reported

  

$

(4,961,297

)

  

$

(13,355,952

)

  

$

(3,115,474

)

Deduct: Equity-based compensation determined under the fair value method for all awards, net of tax

  

 

(240,731

)

  

 

(263,659

)

  

 

(130,948

)

Add: Unearned compensation related to acquisitions included in reported net loss, net of tax

  

 

18,953

 

  

 

7,803

 

  

 

1,722

 

    


  


  


Pro forma net loss

  

$

(5,183,075

)

  

$

(13,611,808

)

  

$

(3,244,700

)

    


  


  


Basic and diluted net loss per share:

                          

As reported

  

$

(20.97

)

  

$

(65.64

)

  

$

(19.57

)

Pro forma equity-based compensation

  

 

(0.94

)

  

 

(1.26

)

  

 

(0.82

)

    


  


  


Pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share

  

$

(21.91

)

  

$

(66.90

)

  

$

(20.39

)

    


  


  


 

The fair value of stock options and Employee Stock Purchase Plan options was estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes model. The following table sets forth the weighted-average assumptions used to calculate the fair value of the stock options and Employee Stock Purchase Plan options for each period presented.

 

    

Year Ended December 31,


    

2002


  

2001


  

2000


Stock options:

              

Volatility

  

110%

  

100%

  

115%

Risk-free interest rate

  

3.96%

  

4.25%

  

6.06%

Expected life

  

3.5 years

  

3.5 years

  

3.5 years

Dividend yield

  

zero

  

zero

  

zero

Employee Stock Purchase Plan options:

              

Volatility

  

110%

  

100%

  

115%

Risk-free interest rate

  

1.98%

  

4.07%

  

6.20%

Expected life

  

1.25 years

  

1.25 years

  

1.05 years

Dividend yield

  

zero

  

zero

  

zero

 

82


Table of Contents

VERISIGN, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

DECEMBER 31, 2002, 2001 AND 2000

 

 

Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)

 

Other comprehensive income (loss) includes foreign currency translation adjustments and unrealized gains and losses on marketable securities classified as available-for-sale. The following table summarizes the adjustments in the components of other comprehensive income (loss) during 2002:

 

      

Foreign Currency

Translation

Adjustments

Gain (Loss)


      

Unrealized Gain (Loss)

On Investments,

Net of Tax


      

Total Accumulated

Other Comprehensive

Income (Loss)


 
      

(In thousands)

 

Balance, December 31, 2001

    

$

(3,072

)

    

$

3,538

 

    

$

466

 

Adjustments

    

 

(1,689

)

    

 

(3,541

)

    

 

(5,230

)

      


    


    


Balance, December 31, 2002

    

$

(4,761

)

    

$

(3

)

    

$

(4,764

)

      


    


    


 

Concentration of Credit Risk

 

Financial instruments that potentially subject VeriSign to significant concentrations of credit risk consist principally of cash, cash equivalents, short and long-term investments and accounts receivable. VeriSign maintains its cash, cash equivalents and investments in marketable securities with high quality financial institutions and, as part of its cash management process, performs periodic evaluations of the relative credit standing of these financial institutions. In addition, the portfolio of investments in marketable securities conforms to VeriSign’s policy regarding concentration of investments, maximum maturity and quality of investment. Concentration of credit risk with respect to accounts receivable is limited by the diversity of the customer base and geographic dispersion. VeriSign also performs ongoing credit evaluations of its customers and generally requires no collateral. VeriSign maintains an allowance for potential credit losses on its accounts receivable. Amounts added to the allowance for doubtful accounts through charges to bad debt expense totaled $42.7 million in 2002, $26.9 million in 2001 and $5.8 million in 2000. Uncollectible amounts written off totaled $39.2 million in 2002, $7.9 million in 2001 and $1.6 million in 2000.

 

Reclassifications

 

Certain reclassifications to VeriSign’s Consolidated Financial Statements have been made to conform to the 2002 presentation. Such reclassifications are not considered significant.

 

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

 

In June 2002, the FASB issued SFAS No. 146, “Accounting for Costs Associated with Exit or Disposal Activities.” SFAS No. 146 eliminates Emerging Issues Task Force, or EITF, Issue No. 94-3 Liability Recognition for Certain Employee Termination Benefits and Other Costs to Exit an Activity (Including Certain Costs Incurred in a Restructuring).” Under SFAS No. 146, liabilities for costs associated with an exit or disposal activity are recognized when the liabilities are incurred, as opposed to being recognized at the date of an entity’s commitment to an exit plan under EITF No. 94-3. Furthermore, SFAS No. 146 establishes that fair value is the objective for initial measurement of the liabilities. This Statement will be effective for exit or disposal activities that are initiated after December 31, 2002. The effect of adopting SFAS No. 146 is not expected to have a material effect on VeriSign’s consolidated financial position or results of operations. The effect on timing of recognition of liabilities could be significantly different from previous restructurings.

 

In December 2002, the FASB issued SFAS No. 148, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation—Transition and Disclosure.” SFAS No. 148 amends SFAS No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation,”

 

83


Table of Contents

VERISIGN, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

DECEMBER 31, 2002, 2001 AND 2000

 

to provide alternative methods of transition for a voluntary change to the fair value based method of accounting for stock-based employee compensation. In addition, SFAS No. 148 amends the disclosure requirements of SFAS No. 123 to require prominent disclosures in both annual and interim financial statements about the method of accounting for stock-based employee compensation and the effect of the method used on reported results. The annual disclosure provisions of SFAS No. 148 are currently effective for these financial statements. The interim disclosure provisions are effective for financial reports containing financial statements for interim or annual periods beginning after December 15, 2002. VeriSign has determined that the adoption of SFAS No. 148 will not have a material effect on its consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

 

In November 2002, the FASB issued Interpretation No. 45, “Guarantor’s Accounting and Disclosure Requirements for Guarantees, Including Indirect Guarantees of Indebtedness to Others, an interpretation of FASB Statements No. 5, 57 and 107 and a rescission of FASB Interpretation No. 34.” This Interpretation elaborates on the disclosures to be made by a guarantor in its interim and annual financial statements about its obligations under guarantees issued. The Interpretation also clarifies that a guarantor is required to recognize, at inception of a guarantee, a liability for the fair value of the obligation undertaken. The initial recognition and measurement provisions of the Interpretation are applicable to guarantees issued or modified after December 31, 2002 and are not expected to have a material effect on VeriSign’s financial statements. VeriSign has not incurred significant obligations under customer indemnification or warranty provisions historically and does not expect to incur significant obligations in the future. Accordingly, VeriSign does not maintain accruals for potential customer indemnification or warranty-related obligations. The annual disclosure requirements are effective for these financial statements and for interim periods ending after December 15, 2002. The adoption of FASB Interpretation No. 45 did not have a material effect on VeriSign’s consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

 

In January 2003, the FASB issued Interpretation No. 46, “Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities, an interpretation of Accounting Research Bulletin (“ARB”) No. 51.” This Interpretation requires companies to include in their consolidated financial statements the assets, liabilities and results of activities of variable interest entities if the company holds a majority of the variable interests. The consolidated requirements of this Interpretation are effective for variable interest entities created after January 31, 2003 of for entities in which an interest is acquired after January 31, 2003. The consolidation requirements of this Interpretation are effective June 15, 2003 for all variable entities acquired before February 1, 2003. This Interpretation also requires companies that expect to consolidate a variable interest entity they acquired before February 1, 2003 to disclose the entities nature, size, activities, and the company’s maximum exposure to loss in financial statements issued after January 31, 2003. VeriSign has determined that FASB Interpretation No. 46 will not have a material effect on its consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

 

Note 2.    Business Combinations

 

Acquisitions in 2002

 

H.O. Systems, Inc.

 

In February 2002, VeriSign completed its acquisition of H.O. Systems, Inc., a provider of billing and customer care solutions to wireless telecommunications carriers, to complement VeriSign’s acquisition of Illuminet Holdings, Inc., a provider of telecommunications services. VeriSign paid approximately $350 million in cash for all of the outstanding stock of LiveWire Corp., H.O. Systems’ parent company, for the purchase of H.O. Systems. As part of the purchase price, VeriSign recorded an accrual for merger related costs of $17 million of which $1.0 million remained in the accrued merger costs balance as of December 31, 2002. The total purchase price has been allocated to the tangible and intangible assets acquired and the liabilities assumed based on their

 

84


Table of Contents

VERISIGN, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

DECEMBER 31, 2002, 2001 AND 2000

 

respective fair values on the acquisition date. VeriSign recorded goodwill of approximately $213 million and other intangible assets of approximately $210 million as a result of this acquisition. Other intangible assets, which includes installed customer base, technology in place and trade names, are being amortized over a six-year period. Goodwill is not amortized but will be tested for impairment at least annually. H.O. Systems’ results of operations have been included in the consolidated financial statements from its date of acquisition. The goodwill has been assigned to our Enterprise and Service Provider Division segment.

 

The following table summarizes the estimated fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the date of acquisition:

 

    

February 5, 2002


 
    

(In thousands)

 

Current assets

  

$

29,791

 

Property and equipment, net

  

 

28,513

 

Other long-term assets

  

 

201

 

Goodwill

  

 

212,923

 

Customer base

  

 

110,040

 

Technology in place

  

 

98,380

 

Trade name

  

 

1,850

 

    


Total assets acquired

  

 

481,698

 

    


Current liabilities

  

 

(36,022

)

Deferred income tax liabilities

  

 

(84,542

)

Other long-term liabilities

  

 

(16,538

)

    


Total liabilities assumed

  

 

(137,102

)

    


Net assets acquired

  

$

344,596

 

    


 

In July 2002, VeriSign increased its equity ownership in VeriSign Australia Limited (formerly known as eSign Australia Limited) to approximately 50.2% of the total outstanding stock of VeriSign Australia, and as a result, has included their financial statements in VeriSign’s consolidated results as of the third quarter of 2002. These results are not considered significant to the consolidated financial statements. VeriSign recorded goodwill of approximately $13 million related to its increase in equity ownership.

 

Acquisitions in 2001

 

Illuminet Holdings, Inc.

 

In December 2001, VeriSign completed its acquisition of publicly traded Illuminet Holdings, Inc. (“Illuminet Holdings”), a company that provides intelligent network and signaling services to telecommunications carriers. VeriSign acquired Illuminet Holdings to create new opportunities for data and voice services through the integration of VeriSign’s Internet infrastructure and Illuminet Holdings’ communications network. VeriSign issued approximately 30.6 million shares of its common stock for all of the outstanding stock of Illuminet Holdings, and assumed all of Illuminet Holdings’ outstanding stock options, most of which were vested. The acquisition has been accounted for as a purchase and, accordingly, the total purchase price of approximately $1.4 billion was allocated to the tangible and intangible assets acquired and the liabilities assumed based on their respective fair values on the acquisition date. Results of operations for Illuminet Holdings have been included in the consolidated financial statements from its date of acquisition. As part of the purchase price,

 

85


Table of Contents

VERISIGN, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

DECEMBER 31, 2002, 2001 AND 2000

 

VeriSign recorded a provision for merger related costs of $36.9 million. As of December 31, 2002, there was no provision for merger related costs relating to the acquisition of Illuminet Holdings remaining. As a result of the acquisition of Illuminet Holdings, VeriSign recorded goodwill of approximately $1.0 billion and other intangible assets of approximately $281 million. The intangible assets will be amortized over a four-year period. Goodwill related to this acquisition will not be amortized but will be tested for impairment at least annually. Illuminet Holdings’ results of operations have been included in the consolidated financial statements from its date of acquisition. The goodwill has been assigned to our Enterprise and Service Provider Division segment.

 

The following table summarizes the estimated fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the date of acquisition:

 

    

December 12, 2001


 
    

(In thousands)

 

Current assets

  

$

167,958

 

Property and equipment, net

  

 

85,359

 

Other long-term assets

  

 

660

 

Goodwill

  

 

1,026,735

 

Customer relationships

  

 

242,380

 

Contracts

  

 

25,690

 

Technology in place

  

 

11,020

 

Trade name

  

 

1,650

 

    


Total assets acquired

  

 

1,561,452

 

    


Current liabilities

  

 

(60,493

)

Deferred income tax liabilities

  

 

(112,296

)

Other long-term liabilities

  

 

(6,460

)

    


Total liabilities assumed

  

 

(179,249

)

    


Net assets acquired

  

$

1,382,203

 

    


 

Other Acquisitions in 2001

 

During 2001, VeriSign completed acquisitions of eleven privately held companies, or acquired certain assets of privately held companies, which were not significant, either individually or in the aggregate. VeriSign issued approximately 939,000 shares of common stock and paid approximately $151 million in cash in exchange for all of the outstanding stock of these companies. VeriSign also assumed certain of the companies’ outstanding vested and unvested stock options. Each of these transactions has been accounted for as a purchase and, accordingly, the results of the acquired companies’ operations are included in the consolidated financial statements from their respective dates of acquisition. As part of the purchase price, VeriSign recorded a provision for merger related costs of $17.5 million in connection with these transactions and at December 31, 2002, a balance of $4.0 million remains accrued for future use. As a result of these acquisitions, VeriSign recorded goodwill of approximately $252 million and unearned compensation of approximately $19 million. The unearned compensation is being amortized over the remaining vesting period for stock options assumed. As of December 31, 2001, $247.8 million of goodwill, net of accumulated amortization, ceased being amortized related to these acquisitions.

 

86


Table of Contents

VERISIGN, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

DECEMBER 31, 2002, 2001 AND 2000

 

 

Pro forma results of operations reflecting VeriSign’s 2001 acquisitions have not been presented because the results of operations of the acquired companies, either individually or collectively, are not material to VeriSign’s results of operations.

 

Acquisitions in 2000

 

THAWTE Consulting (Pty) Ltd.

 

In 2000, VeriSign completed its acquisition of privately held THAWTE Consulting (Pty) Ltd. (“THAWTE”), a South African company that provides digital certificates to Web site owners and software developers. VeriSign issued approximately 4.4 million shares of its common stock in exchange for all of the outstanding stock of THAWTE. The acquisition was accounted for as a purchase and, accordingly, the total purchase price of approximately $652 million was allocated to the tangible and intangible assets acquired and the liabilities assumed based on their respective fair values on the acquisition date. THAWTE’s results of operations have been included in the consolidated financial statements from its date of acquisition. Other intangible assets are being amortized on a straight-line basis over two to three years. As of December 31, 2001, $159.7 million of goodwill, net of accumulated amortization related to the acquisition THAWTE ceased being amortized.

 

Signio, Inc.

 

VeriSign completed its acquisition of privately held Signio, Inc. (“Signio”) in 2000. Signio provides payment services that connect online merchants, business-to-business exchanges, payment processors and financial institutions on the Internet. VeriSign issued approximately 5.6 million shares of its common stock in exchange for all the outstanding stock of Signio and also assumed all of Signio’s outstanding stock options. The acquisition was accounted for as a purchase and, accordingly, the total purchase price of approximately $876 million was allocated to the tangible and intangible assets acquired and the liabilities assumed based on their respective fair values on the acquisition date. Signio’s results of operations have been included in the consolidated financial statements from its date of acquisition. Other intangible assets are being amortized on a straight-line basis over three years. As of December 31, 2001, $14.5 million of goodwill, net of accumulated amortization, related to the acquisition of Signio ceased being amortized.

 

Network Solutions, Inc.

 

In 2000, VeriSign completed its acquisition of publicly traded Network Solutions, Inc. (“Network Solutions”), a company that provides Internet domain name registration and registry services. The total consideration of approximately $19.6 billion was based on the fair value of VeriSign’s common stock issued, stock options assumed and merger related costs of approximately $67.3 million. VeriSign issued approximately 78.3 million shares of its common stock valued at approximately $18.0 billion and assumed options to purchase Network Solutions’ common stock, which were converted into options to acquire approximately 9.1 million shares of VeriSign’s common stock, with a fair value of approximately $1.6 billion. As of December 31, 2002, there was no provision for merger related costs for the Network Solutions acquisition remaining.

 

This transaction was accounted for as a purchase. Network Solutions’ results of operations have been included in the consolidated financial statements from its date of acquisition. The purchase consideration of $19.6 billion has been allocated to the estimated fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed, including in-process research and development (“IPR&D”), based on their estimated fair values as of the date of the acquisition. Other intangible assets are being amortized on a straight-line basis over useful lives of three to

 

87


Table of Contents

VERISIGN, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

DECEMBER 31, 2002, 2001 AND 2000

 

four years. As of December 31, 2001, $3.5 billion of goodwill, net of accumulated amortization, related to the acquisition of Network Solutions ceased being amortized.

 

The portion of the Network Solutions purchase price allocated to IPR&D was $54.0 million, which was immediately expensed. Network Solution’s IPR&D efforts focused on significant and substantial improvements and upgrades to its shared registration system (“SRS”). The SRS is the system that provides a shared registration interface to the ICANN accredited and licensed registrars into the .com, .net, and .org top-level domain, or TLD, registry. It is through this system that registrars from all over the world are able to register domain names with the central database. Given the high demand on the SRS, it was in need of improvements and upgrades in the area of scalability, security, non-English language capability and next generation resource provisioning protocol.

 

As of the acquisition date, Network Solutions was in the process of developing technology that would add substantial functionality and features to the SRS. The IPR&D had not yet reached technological feasibility and had no alternative uses. The technological feasibility of the IPR&D efforts is established when the enterprise has completed all planning, designing, coding, and testing activities that are necessary to establish that the technology can be utilized to meet its design specifications including functions, features, and technical performance requirements. The development efforts related to upgrades and improvements in the SRS were completed during the first quarter of 2001.

 

The fair value assigned to IPR&D was estimated by discounting, to present value, the cash flows attributable to the technology once it has reached technological feasibility. A discount rate of 22% was used to estimate the present value of cash flows, which was consistent with the risk of the project. The value assigned to IPR&D was the amount attributable to the efforts of the seller up to the time of acquisition. This amount was estimated through application of the “stage of completion” calculation by multiplying the estimated present value of future cash flows, excluding costs of completion, by the percentage of completion of the purchased research and development project at the time of acquisition.

 

Other Acquisitions in 2000

 

In 2000, VeriSign completed acquisitions of several other privately held companies, which were not significant either individually or in the aggregate. VeriSign issued approximately 661,000 shares of its common stock and approximately $33.3 million in cash in exchange for all of the outstanding stock of these companies. VeriSign also recorded a provision for merger related costs of $4.2 million for employee severance, relocation and write-off of duplicative systems acquired. As of December 31, 2002, there was no merger related provision relating to these acquisitions remaining. Each of the acquisitions was accounted for as a purchase and, accordingly, the aggregate purchase price of approximately $120.2 million was allocated to the tangible and intangible assets acquired and the liabilities assumed based on their respective fair values on the acquisition dates. The acquired companies’ results of operations have been included in the consolidated financial statements from their respective dates of acquisition. Other intangible assets are being amortized on a straight-line basis over two to four and a half years. As of December 31, 2001, $11.4 million of goodwill, net of accumulated amortization, related to these acquisitions ceased being amortized.

 

Note 3.    Restructuring and Other Charges

 

In April 2002, VeriSign announced plans to restructure its operations to rationalize, integrate and align resources. This restructuring program included workforce reductions, abandonment of excess facilities, write-off of abandoned property and equipment and other charges. As a result of this restructuring program, in conformity

 

88


Table of Contents

VERISIGN, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

DECEMBER 31, 2002, 2001 AND 2000

 

with SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin (“SAB”) No. 100 and EITF Issues No. 94-3 and 88-10, VeriSign recorded restructuring and other charges of $88.6 million during 2002. VeriSign expects to incur additional restructuring charges of approximately $10 to $15 million in the first quarter of 2003 related to the restructuring of VeriSign’s consulting services.

 

Workforce reduction.    The restructuring program resulted in a workforce reduction of approximately 400 employees across certain business functions, operating units, and geographic regions. VeriSign recorded a workforce reduction charge of $6.2 million during 2002, relating primarily to severance and fringe benefits.

 

Excess facilities.    VeriSign recorded charges of approximately $29.7 million during 2002 for excess facilities that were either abandoned or downsized relating to lease terminations and non-cancelable lease costs. To determine the lease loss, which is the loss after VeriSign’s cost recovery efforts from subleasing an abandoned building or separable portion thereof, certain estimates were made related to the (1) time period over which the relevant space would remain vacant, (2) sublease terms, and (3) sublease rates, including common area charges. If sublease rates continue to decrease in these markets or if it takes longer than expected to sublease these facilities, the actual loss could exceed this estimate by an additional $36 million. Property and equipment that was disposed of or abandoned resulted in a net charge of $25.0 million during 2002 and consisted primarily of computer software, leasehold improvements, and computer equipment.

 

Exit costs and other charges.    VeriSign recorded other exit costs consisting of the write-off of prepaid license fees associated with products that were originally intended to be incorporated into VeriSign’s product offerings but were subsequently abandoned as a result of the decision to restructure. These charges totaled approximately $9.1 million during 2002. As part of VeriSign’s efforts to rationalize, integrate and align resources, VeriSign also recorded other charges of $18.6 million during 2002 relating primarily to the write-off of prepaid marketing assets associated with discontinued advertising.

 

A summary of the restructuring and other charges recorded during 2002 are as follows:

 

      

Year Ended December 31, 2002


      

(In thousands)

Workforce reduction

    

$

6,207

Excess facilities

    

 

29,689

Write-off of property and equipment

    

 

25,011

Exit costs and other charges

    

 

27,667

      

      

$

88,574

      

 

89


Table of Contents

VERISIGN, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

DECEMBER 31, 2002, 2001 AND 2000

 

 

At December 31, 2002, the accrued liability associated with the restructuring and other charges was $23.8 million and consisted of the following:

 

      

Accrued

Restructuring Costs at December 31, 2001


  

Restructuring

and Other

Charges


  

Non-Cash

Restructuring

and Other

Charges


    

Cash Payments


    

Accrued

Restructuring Costs at December 31, 2002


      

(In thousands)

Workforce reduction

    

$

—  

  

$

6,207

  

$

—  

 

  

$

(6,094

)

  

$

113

Excess facilities

    

 

—  

  

 

29,689

  

 

—  

 

  

 

(6,177

)

  

 

23,512

Write-off of property and equipment

    

 

—  

  

 

25,011

  

 

(25,011

)

  

 

—  

 

  

 

—  

Exit costs and other charges

    

 

—  

  

 

27,667

  

 

(16,857

)

  

 

(10,600

)

  

 

210

      

  

  


  


  

      

$

—  

  

$

88,574

  

$

(41,868

)

  

$

(22,871

)

  

$

23,835

      

  

  


  


  

 

Amounts related to the lease terminations due to the abandonment of excess facilities will be paid over the respective lease terms the longest of which extends through February 2008.

 

Future cash payments related to lease terminations due to the abandonment of excess facilities are expected to be as follows:

 

    

(In thousands)

2003

  

$

6,403

2004

  

 

6,086

2005

  

 

4,589

2006

  

 

3,038

2007

  

 

2,367

Thereafter

  

 

1,029

    

    

$

23,512

    

 

If market sublease rates continue to decrease in the markets where we have abandoned excess facilities, or it takes longer than expected to sublease these facilities, our actual loss could increase an additional $36 million.

 

90


Table of Contents

VERISIGN, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

DECEMBER 31, 2002, 2001 AND 2000

 

 

Note 4.    Cash, Cash Equivalents and Short and Long-Term Investments

 

VeriSign’s cash equivalents and short-term investments have been classified as available-for-sale. Cash, cash equivalents and short and long-term investments consist of the following:

 

    

December 31, 2002


    

Carrying

Value


  

Unrealized

Gains


  

Unrealized

Losses


    

Estimated

Fair Value


    

(In thousands)

Classified as current assets:

                             

Cash

  

$

117,427

  

$

—  

  

$

—  

 

  

$

117,427

Commercial paper

  

 

103,281

  

 

14

  

 

—  

 

  

 

103,295

Corporate bonds and notes

  

 

31,897

  

 

332

  

 

(1

)

  

 

32,228

Money market funds

  

 

36,839

  

 

5

  

 

—  

 

  

 

36,844

U.S. government and agency securities

  

 

29,207

  

 

134

  

 

—  

 

  

 

29,341

Municipal bonds

  

 

12,369

  

 

20

  

 

(4

)

  

 

12,385

Asset-backed securities

  

 

15,222

  

 

4

  

 

(59

)

  

 

15,167

Medium term notes

  

 

3,047

  

 

29

  

 

—  

 

  

 

3,076

Foreign debt securities

  

 

4,119

  

 

3

  

 

—  

 

  

 

4,122

Equity securities

  

 

2,307

  

 

—  

  

 

(480

)

  

 

1,827

Certificates of deposit

  

 

19,475

  

 

—  

  

 

—  

 

  

 

19,475

Market Auction Preferred

  

 

27,783

  

 

—  

  

 

—  

 

  

 

27,783

Escrow

  

 

934

  

 

—  

  

 

—  

 

  

 

934

    

  

  


  

    

 

403,907

  

 

541

  

 

(544

)

  

 

403,904

    

  

  


  

Included in cash and cash equivalents

                         

$

282,288

                           

Included in short-term investments

                         

$

121,616

                           

Long-term investments:

                             

Debt and equity securities of non-public companies

  

 

33,114

  

 

—  

  

 

—  

 

  

 

33,114

Other

  

 

3,627

  

 

—  

  

 

—  

 

  

 

3,627

    

  

  


  

Total long-term investments

  

 

36,741

  

 

—  

  

 

—  

 

  

 

36,741

    

  

  


  

Total cash, cash equivalents and short and long-term investments

  

$

440,648

  

$

541

  

$

(544

)

  

$

440,645

    

  

  


  

 

91


Table of Contents

VERISIGN, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

DECEMBER 31, 2002, 2001 AND 2000

 

 

Gross realized losses on investments totaled $170.9 million in 2002 consisting of the write-down and sale of certain public and non-public equity investments. Gross realized gains on investments were $7.9 million in 2002.

 

    

December 31, 2001


    

Carrying

Value


  

Unrealized

Gains


  

Unrealized

Losses


    

Estimated

Fair Value


    

(In thousands)

Classified as current assets:

                             

Cash

  

$

178,556

  

$

—  

  

$

—  

 

  

$

178,556

Commercial paper

  

 

163,243

  

 

51

  

 

(4

)

  

 

163,290

Corporate bonds and notes

  

 

94,887

  

 

1,266

  

 

(11

)

  

 

96,142

Money market funds

  

 

30,070

  

 

—  

  

 

—  

 

  

 

30,070

U.S. government and agency securities

  

 

139,015

  

 

1,708

  

 

(45

)

  

 

140,678

Municipal bonds

  

 

38,662

  

 

96

  

 

(20

)

  

 

38,738

Asset-backed securities

  

 

21,631

  

 

81

  

 

(9

)

  

 

21,703

Medium term notes

  

 

17,092

  

 

207

  

 

—  

 

  

 

17,299

Foreign debt securities

  

 

4,189

  

 

—  

  

 

(9

)

  

 

4,180

Equity securities

  

 

20,759

  

 

7,517

  

 

(4,885

)

  

 

23,391

Other

  

 

12,650

  

 

—  

  

 

—  

 

  

 

12,650

    

  

  


  

    

 

720,754

  

 

10,926

  

 

(4,983

)

  

 

726,697

    

  

  


  

Included in cash and cash equivalents

                         

$

306,054

                           

Included in short-term investments

                         

$

420,643

                           

Long-term investments:

                             

Debt and equity securities of non-public companies

  

 

186,689

  

 

—  

  

 

—  

 

  

 

186,689

Other

  

 

15,092

  

 

—  

  

 

—  

 

  

 

15,092

    

  

  


  

Total long-term investments

  

 

201,781

  

 

—  

  

 

—  

 

  

 

201,781

    

  

  


  

Total cash, cash equivalents and short and long-term investments

  

$

922,535

  

$

10,926

  

$

(4,983

)

  

$

928,478

    

  

  


  

 

Gross realized losses on investments were $89.1 million in 2001, consisting of the write-down of certain public and non-public equity investments. Gross realized gains on investments were $2.1 million in 2001 and $35.0 million in 2000.

 

Note 5.    Long-Lived Assets

 

Property and Equipment, Net

 

    

December 31,


 
    

2002


    

2001


 
    

(In thousands)

 

Land

  

$

222,516

 

  

$

222,516

 

Buildings

  

 

73,323

 

  

 

63,493

 

Computer equipment and purchased software

  

 

427,828

 

  

 

286,896

 

Office equipment, furniture and fixtures

  

 

15,733

 

  

 

15,311

 

Leasehold improvements

  

 

62,909

 

  

 

37,565

 

    


  


    

 

802,309

 

  

 

625,781

 

Less accumulated depreciation and amortization

  

 

(192,955

)

  

 

(93,235

)

    


  


    

$

609,354

 

  

$

532,546

 

    


  


 

92


Table of Contents

VERISIGN, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

DECEMBER 31, 2002, 2001 AND 2000

 

 

The following table presents details of VeriSign’s goodwill:

 

    

(In thousands)

 

Balance at December 31, 2001

  

$

4,955,647

 

Goodwill resulting from acquisitions

  

 

227,402

 

Impairment write-down

  

 

(4,387,009

)

Adjustments

  

 

(128,729

)

    


Balance at December 31, 2002

  

$

667,311

 

    


 

The following table presents details of the VeriSign’s acquired other intangible assets:

 

    

December 31, 2002


    

Accumulated

Amortization


    

Carrying

Value


    

Weighted Average

Useful Life


    

(In thousands)

      

Purchased other intangible assets:

                      

ISP hosting relationships

  

$

(11,213

)

  

$

175

    

3.0 years

Customer relationships

  

 

(57,078

)

  

 

175,928

    

5.6 years

Technology in place

  

 

(46,570

)

  

 

60,724

    

3.7 years

Non-compete agreements

  

 

(988

)

  

 

31

    

3.0 years

Trade name

  

 

(21,048

)

  

 

25

    

4.6 years

Contracts with ICANN and customer lists

  

 

(579,985

)

  

 

225,408

    

3.5 years

    


  

      

Total purchased other intangible assets

  

$

(716,882

)

  

$

462,291

    

3.8 years

    


  

      
    

December 31, 2001


    

Accumulated

Amortization


    

Carrying

Value


    

Weighted Average

Useful Life


    

(In thousands)

      

Purchased other intangible assets:

                      

ISP hosting relationships

  

$

(9,115

)

  

$

2,273

    

3.0 years

Customer relationships

  

 

(15,408

)

  

 

245,189

    

5.6 years

Technology in place

  

 

(20,943

)

  

 

28,220

    

3.4 years

Non-compete agreements

  

 

(649

)

  

 

370

    

3.0 years

Trade name

  

 

(20,479

)

  

 

1,950

    

4.7 years

Contracts with ICANN and customer lists

  

 

(368,870

)

  

 

457,520

    

3.5 years

    


  

      

Total purchased other intangible assets

  

$

(487,499

)

  

$

735,522

    

3.8 years

    


  

      

 

VeriSign performed its transitional impairment test with regard to the carrying value of goodwill as of January 1, 2002 and concluded no impairment of the carrying value of goodwill existed at that date.

 

VeriSign performed its annual impairment test as of June 30, 2002. The fair value of VeriSign’s reporting units was determined using a combination of the income and the market valuation approaches. Under the income approach, the fair value of the reporting unit is based on the present value of estimated future cash flows that the reporting unit is expected to generate over its remaining life. Under the market approach, the value of the reporting unit is based on an analysis that compares the value of the reporting unit to values of publicly traded companies in similar lines of business. Other intangible assets were valued using a combination of the income approach and cost approaches. Under the cost approach, fair value is based on an estimate of the current costs to

 

93


Table of Contents

VERISIGN, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

DECEMBER 31, 2002, 2001 AND 2000

 

replace the asset with an asset of similar utility. In the application of the income, market and cost valuation approaches, VeriSign was required to make estimates of future operating trends and judgments on discount rates and other variables. Actual future results and other assumed variables could differ from these estimates. As a result of the deterioration in the market value of VeriSign since January 1, 2002, the results of this annual impairment test indicated the carrying values of goodwill for certain reporting units exceeded their implied fair values and the carrying values of certain other intangibles exceeded their fair value, and accordingly, an impairment charge was recorded during the second quarter of 2002.

 

The impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets in 2002 resulted in a write-off of the net book value as follows:

 

    

Enterprise and Service Provider Division


  

Mass Markets

Division


  

Total


    

(In thousands)

Goodwill

  

$

2,360,634

  

$

2,026,375

  

$

4,387,009

Customer relationships

  

 

24,294

  

 

3,297

  

 

27,591

Technology in place

  

 

40,693

  

 

256

  

 

40,949

Trade name

  

 

3,205

  

 

—  

  

 

3,205

Contracts with ICANN and customer lists

  

 

129,007

  

 

23,092

  

 

152,099

    

  

  

    

$

2,557,833

  

$

2,053,020

  

$

4,610,853

    

  

  

 

Prior to VeriSign’s adoption of SFAS No. 142 and SFAS No. 144 on January 1, 2002, VeriSign’s policy was to assess the recoverability of goodwill using estimated undiscounted cash flows. Those cash flows included an estimated terminal value based on a hypothetical sale of an acquisition at the end of its goodwill amortization period. Although our acquisitions had been predominantly performing at or above expectations at the time, market conditions and attendant multiples used to estimate terminal values remained depressed. As a result, VeriSign recorded an impairment charge in the amount to goodwill and other intangible assets of $9.9 billion in 2001.

 

Amortization expense, excluding impairment write-downs, related to other intangible assets was $283.9 million, $268.8 million and $177.0 million in 2002, 2001 and 2000, respectively. Estimated future amortization expense related to other intangible assets at December 31, 2002 is as follows:

 

    

(In thousands)

2003

  

$

189,475

2004

  

 

71,762

2005

  

 

71,762

2006

  

 

65,019

2007

  

 

61,937

Thereafter

  

 

2,336

    

    

$

462,291

    

 

94


Table of Contents

VERISIGN, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

DECEMBER 31, 2002, 2001 AND 2000

 

 

Note 6.    Accounts Payable and Accrued Liabilities

 

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities consist of the following:

 

    

December 31,


    

2002


  

2001


    

(In thousands)

Accounts payable

  

$

72,907

  

$

111,562

Employee compensation

  

 

34,511

  

 

45,107

Professional fees

  

 

19,172

  

 

33,272

Due to customers

  

 

15,544

  

 

17,333

Tax

  

 

63,872

  

 

54,135

Other

  

 

72,539

  

 

52,038

    

  

    

$

278,545

  

$

313,447

    

  

 

Note 7.    Long-term Debt

 

VeriSign entered into a five-year agreement with Bank of America effective June 1, 2000 to provide a $15 million unsecured capital expenditure loan facility. The loan bears interest at the lesser of the bank’s prime lending rate or LIBOR plus 1.35% to 1.75%, depending on VeriSign’s trailing twelve-month earnings adjusted cash flow as defined by the agreement. The interest rate was 4.25% and 4.75% at December 31, 2002, and 2001, respectively. The loan agreement contains certain covenants, the most restrictive of which requires VeriSign to maintain certain financial ratios. VeriSign is in compliance with all debt-related covenants. At December 31, 2002, and 2001, $720,000 and $800,000, respectively, was outstanding under the capital expenditure facility.

 

VeriSign entered into an agreement with a former principal shareholder of H.O. Systems effective December 18, 1998 as part of a recapitalization agreement. The $5.0 million unsecured note has a five-year term, bears interest at 7%, and has no restrictive covenants. The principal and accrued interest are due at maturity. At December 31, 2002, $6.6 million was outstanding on the note. As part of the recapitalization agreement, VeriSign also agreed to make annual performance payments to the former principal shareholder over a five-year period totaling approximately $13.9 million. The imputed interest rate was 9.41% and there are no restrictive covenants. At December 31, 2002, $5.8 million was outstanding for performance payments.

 

The current portion of long-term debt payable is included in accounts payable and accrued liabilities and the non-current portion is included in other long-term liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

 

Maturities of long-term debt for the years ended December 31 are scheduled as follows:

 

      

Maturities of

Long-Term Debt


      

(In thousands)

2003

    

$

10,482

2004

    

 

2,322

2005

    

 

240

      

      

$

13,044

      

 

95


Table of Contents

VERISIGN, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

DECEMBER 31, 2002, 2001 AND 2000

 

 

Note 8.    Stockholders’ Equity

 

Preferred Stock

 

VeriSign is authorized to issue up to 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock. As of December 31, 2002, no shares of preferred stock had been issued. Each preferred share will be entitled to a quarterly dividend payment of 100 times the dividend declared per common share. In the event of liquidation, each preferred share will be entitled to a $1.00 preference, and thereafter the holders of the preferred shares will be entitled to an aggregate payment of 100 times the aggregate payment made per common share. Each preferred share will have 100 votes, voting together with the common shares. Finally, in the event of any merger, consolidation or other transaction in which common shares are exchanged, each preferred share will be entitled to receive 100 times the amount received per common share. These rights are protected by customary anti-dilution provisions.

 

Common Stock

 

In 2001, the Board of Directors of VeriSign authorized the use of up to $350 million to repurchase shares of VeriSign’s common stock on the open market, or in negotiated or block trades. During 2001, VeriSign repurchased 1,650,000 shares at a cost of approximately $70 million. During 2002 no stock was repurchased and at December 31, 2002, approximately $280 million remained available for future repurchases.

 

Other than the dividend of one stock purchase right for each outstanding share of common stock that was declared on September 24, 2002, no dividends have been declared or paid on VeriSign’s common stock since inception.

 

Stockholder Rights Plan

 

On September 24, 2002, the Board of Directors of VeriSign, declared a dividend of one stock purchase right (“Right”) for each outstanding share of VeriSign common stock. The dividend was paid to stockholders of record on October 4, 2002 (“Record Date”). In addition, one Right shall be issued with each common share that becomes outstanding (i) between the Record Date and the earliest of the Distribution Date, the Redemption Date and the Final Expiration Date (as such terms are defined in the Rights Agreement) or (ii) following the Distribution Date and prior to the Redemption Date or Final Expiration Date, pursuant to the exercise of stock options or under any employee plan or arrangement or upon the exercise, conversion or exchange of other securities of VeriSign, which options or securities were outstanding prior to the Distribution Date. The Rights will become exercisable only upon the occurrence of certain events specified in the Rights Agreement (“Rights Agreement”), including the acquisition of 20% of VeriSign’s outstanding common stock by a person or group. Each Right entitles the registered holder, other than an “acquiring person”, under specified circumstances, to purchase from VeriSign one one-hundredth of a share of VeriSign Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock, par value $0.001 per share (“Preferred Share”), at a price of $55.00 per one one-hundredth of a Preferred Share, subject to adjustment. Preferred Shares purchasable upon exercise of the Rights will not be redeemable. In addition, each Right entitles the registered holder, other than an “acquiring person”, under specified circumstances, to purchase from VeriSign that number of shares of VeriSign common stock having a market value of two times the exercise price of the Right.

 

Notes Receivable From Stockholders

 

In 2000, in connection with its acquisition of Signio, VeriSign assumed notes receivable from stockholders for the exercise of stock options. The stockholders represented employees of Signio. The notes bore interest at 5.5% per annum and were secured by the underlying common stock. None of the notes receivable that were written off in 2002 belonged to executive officers.

 

96


Table of Contents

VERISIGN, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

DECEMBER 31, 2002, 2001 AND 2000

 

 

Note 9.    Calculation of Net Loss Per Share

 

Basic net loss per share is computed by dividing net loss (numerator) by the weighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding (denominator) during the period. Diluted net loss per share gives effect to stock options considered to be potential common shares, if dilutive. Potential common shares consist of shares issuable upon the exercise of stock options computed using the treasury stock method.

 

The following table presents the computation of basic and diluted net loss per share:

 

    

Year Ended December 31,


 
    

2002


    

2001


    

2000


 
    

(In thousands)

 

Basic and diluted net loss per share:

                          

Net loss

  

$

(4,961,297

)

  

$

(13,355,952

)

  

$

(3,115,474

)

Determination of basic and diluted shares:

                          

Weighted-average shares outstanding

  

 

236,552

 

  

 

203,478

 

  

 

159,169

 

Potential common shares—dilutive stock options

  

 

—  

 

  

 

—  

 

  

 

—  

 

    


  


  


Basic and diluted average common shares outstanding

  

 

236,552

 

  

 

203,478

 

  

 

159,169

 

    


  


  


Basic and diluted net loss per share

  

 

(20.97

)

  

 

(65.64

)

  

 

(19.57

)

    


  


  


 

In 2002, VeriSign excluded 3,498,082 weighted-average common share equivalents with a weighted-average share price of $8.18. In 2001, VeriSign excluded 9,892,874 weighted-average common share equivalents with a weighted-average share price of $24.42, and in 2000, VeriSign excluded 19,082,438 weighted-average common share equivalents with a weighted-average share price of $36.92 because their effect would have been anti-dilutive. Weighted-average common share equivalents do not include stock options with an exercise price that exceeded the average fair market value of VeriSign’s common stock for the period.

 

Note 10.    Stock Compensation Plans

 

Stock Option Plans

 

As of December 31, 2002, a total of 53,313,022 shares of common stock were reserved for issuance upon the exercise of stock options and for the future grant of stock options or awards under VeriSign’s equity incentive plans.

 

The 1995 Stock Option Plan and the 1997 Stock Option Plan (“1995 and 1997 Plans”) were terminated concurrent with VeriSign’s initial public offering in 1998. Options to purchase common stock granted under the 1995 and 1997 Plans remain outstanding and subject to the vesting and exercise terms of the original grant. All shares that remained available for future issuance under the 1995 and 1997 Plans at the time of their termination were transferred to the 1998 Equity Incentive Plan. No further options can be granted under the 1995 and 1997 Plans. Options granted under the 1995 and 1997 Plans are subject to terms substantially similar to those described below with respect to options granted under the 1998 Equity Incentive Plan.

 

The 1998 Equity Incentive Plan (“1998 Plan”) authorizes the award of options, restricted stock awards and stock bonuses. As of December 31, 2002, no restricted stock awards or stock bonus awards have been made

 

97


Table of Contents

VERISIGN, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

DECEMBER 31, 2002, 2001 AND 2000

 

under the 1998 Plan. Options may be granted at an exercise price not less than 100% of the fair market value of VeriSign’s common stock on the date of grant for incentive stock options and 85% of the fair market value for non-qualified stock options. All options are granted at the discretion of the Board and have a term not greater than 7 years from the date of grant. Options issued generally vest 25% on the first anniversary date and ratably over the following 12 quarters. At December 31, 2002, 13,193,671 shares remain available for future awards under the 1998 Plan including shares transferred from the 1995 and 1997 plans that were terminated.

 

The Board adopted the 2001 Stock Incentive Plan (“2001 Plan”) in January 2001. The 2001 Plan, which did not require approval by the stockholders, authorizes the award of non-qualified stock options and restricted stock awards to eligible employees, officers who are not subject to Section 16 reporting requirements, contractors and consultants. As of December 31, 2002, no restricted stock awards have been made under the 2001 Plan. Options may be granted at an exercise price not less than the par value of VeriSign’s common stock on the date of grant. All options are granted at the discretion of the Board and have a term not greater than 10 years from the date of grant. Options issued generally vest 25% on the first anniversary date and ratably over the following 12 quarters. At December 31, 2002, 12,983,872 shares remain available for future awards under the 2001 Plan. On January 1 of each year beginning in 2002, the number of shares available for grant under the 2001 Plan will automatically be increased by an amount equal to 2% of the outstanding common shares on the immediately preceding December 31.

 

In November 2002, VeriSign offered all U.S. employees holding options granted under the 2001 Plan between January 1, 2001 and May 24, 2002 the opportunity to cancel those options and to receive in exchange a new option to be granted not less than six months and one day after the cancellation date of the existing option. The number of shares granted under the new option was dependent on the exercise price of the original option, as follows:

 

Exercise Price Range of

Original Option


  

Exchange Ratio


$0.001–$24.99

  

1 share subject to existing option for 1 share subject to exchanged option

$25.00–$49.99

  

2 shares subject to existing option for 1 share subject to exchanged option

$50.00 and above

  

2.5 shares subject to existing option for 1 share subject to exchanged option

 

Under this program, employees tendered options to purchase approximately 11.4 million shares, which were cancelled effective December 26, 2002. In exchange, VeriSign expects to grant options to purchase approximately 7.7 million shares at an exercise price equal to the fair market value on the date of grant. The date of grant of the exchanged options will not be earlier than June 27, 2003. Except for the exercise price, all terms and conditions of the new option will be substantially the same as the cancelled option. In particular, the new option will be vested to the same degree, as a percentage of the option, that the cancelled option would have been vested on the new option date if the cancelled option had not been cancelled and will continue to vest on the same schedule as the cancelled option.

 

Members of the Board who are not employees of VeriSign, or of any parent, subsidiary or affiliate of VeriSign, are eligible to participate in the 1998 Directors Plan (“Directors Plan”). The option grants under the Directors Plan are automatic and non-discretionary, and the exercise price of the options is 100% of the fair market value of the common stock on the date of the grant. Each eligible director is initially granted an option to purchase 25,000 shares on the date he or she first becomes a director (“Initial Grant”). On each anniversary of a director’s Initial Grant or most recent grant if he or she was ineligible to receive an Initial Grant, each eligible director will automatically be granted an additional option to purchase 12,500 shares of common stock if the director has served continuously as a director since the date of the Initial Grant or most recent grant. The term of

 

98


Table of Contents

VERISIGN, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

DECEMBER 31, 2002, 2001 AND 2000

 

the options under the Directors Plan is ten years and options vest as to 6.25% of the shares each quarter after the date of the grant, provided the optionee remains a director of VeriSign. At December 31, 2002, 175,000 shares remain available for future grant under the Directors Plan.

 

In connection with its acquisitions in 2001 and 2000, VeriSign assumed some of the acquired companies’ stock options. Options assumed generally have terms of seven to ten years and generally vest over a four-year period.

 

A summary of stock option activity under all Plans is as follows:

 

    

Year Ended December 31,


    

2002


  

2001


  

2000


    

Shares


    

Weighted-

Average

Exercise Price


  

Shares


    

Weighted-

Average

Exercise Price


  

Shares


    

Weighted-

Average

Exercise Price


Outstanding at beginning of year

  

37,340,507

 

  

$

52.50

  

28,639,917

 

  

$

59.65

  

17,835,362

 

  

$

16.77

Assumed in business combinations

  

—  

 

  

 

—  

  

3,550,832

 

  

 

15.16

  

10,204,590

 

  

 

50.23

Granted

  

12,850,130

 

  

 

16.69

  

15,789,042

 

  

 

39.12

  

8,007,368

 

  

 

129.92

Exercised

  

(2,506,354

)

  

 

4.30

  

(5,653,134

)

  

 

12.75

  

(5,657,256

)

  

 

11.70

Cancelled

  

(20,723,804

)

  

 

42.70

  

(4,986,150

)

  

 

73.05

  

(1,750,147

)

  

 

49.36

    

         

         

      

Outstanding at end of year

  

26,960,479

 

  

 

47.41

  

37,340,507

 

  

 

52.50

  

28,639,917

 

  

 

59.65

    

         

         

      

Exercisable at end of year

  

13,874,208

 

  

 

52.94

  

12,074,142

 

  

 

44.53

  

6,297,793

 

  

 

17.40

    

         

         

      

Weighted-average fair value of options granted during the year

         

 

11.97

         

 

26.42

         

 

97.01

 

The following table summarizes information about stock options outstanding as of December 31, 2002.

 

Range of

Exercise Prices


 

Shares

Outstanding


  

Weighted-Average

Remaining

Contractual Life


    

Weighted-Average

Exercise Price


 

Shares

Exercisable


    

Weighted-Average

Exercise Price


$              .19–$    4.90

 

1,078,116

  

3.02 years

    

$

2.18

 

1,057,410

    

$

2.15

$            5.05–$    9.81

 

3,987,418

  

5.02 years

    

 

7.61

 

1,835,628

    

 

7.87

$          10.08–$  18.25

 

4,634,672

  

5.24 years

    

 

10.90

 

1,450,283

    

 

12.63

$          20.44–$  29.90

 

4,046,328

  

5.80 years

    

 

24.76

 

1,478,714

    

 

26.70

$          30.36–$  39.80

 

3,853,546

  

4.55 years

    

 

35.46

 

2,605,271

    

 

35.57

$          40.08–$  49.94

 

1,549,122

  

3.94 years

    

 

43.64

 

1,042,802

    

 

43.41

$          50.11–$  99.51

 

3,268,131

  

5.94 years

    

 

69.79

 

1,639,413

    

 

73.20

$        100.73–$149.97

 

2,129,884

  

3.22 years

    

 

127.34

 

1,345,788

    

 

127.25

$        150.09–$199.88

 

2,366,639

  

4.48 years

    

 

160.71

 

1,384,793

    

 

160.96

$        218.50–$253.00

 

46,623

  

4.14 years

    

 

233.61

 

34,106

    

 

233.49

   
               
        
   

26,960,479

  

4.89 years

    

 

47.41

 

13,874,208

    

 

52.94

   
               
        

 

1998 Employee Stock Purchase Plan

 

VeriSign has reserved 7,830,366 shares for issuance under the 1998 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (“Purchase Plan”). Eligible employees may purchase common stock through payroll deductions by electing to

 

99


Table of Contents

VERISIGN, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

DECEMBER 31, 2002, 2001 AND 2000

 

have between 2% and 15% of their compensation withheld. Each participant is granted an option to purchase common stock on the first day of each 24-month offering period and this option is automatically exercised on the last day of each six-month purchase period during the offering period. The purchase price for the common stock under the Purchase Plan is 85% of the lesser of the fair market value of the common stock on the first day of the applicable offering period and the last day of the applicable purchase period. Offering periods begin on February 1 and August 1 of each year. Shares of common stock issued under the Purchase Plan totaled 645,595 in 2002, 201,953 in 2001 and 550,724 in 2000. As of December 31, 2002, 5,654,615 shares remain available for future issuance. On January 1 of each year, the number of shares available for grant under the Purchase Plan will automatically be increased by an amount equal to 1% of the outstanding common shares on the immediately preceding December 31. The weighted-average fair value of the stock purchase rights granted under the Purchase Plan was $4.84 in 2002, $27.74 in 2001 and $103.76 in 2000.

 

Note 11.    Income Taxes

 

Total income tax expense was allocated as follows:

 

    

Year Ended December 31,


 
    

2002


    

2001


    

2000


 
    

(In thousands)

 

Continuing operations:

                          

Current:

                          

Federal

  

$

—  

 

  

$

106,135

 

  

$

—  

 

State

  

 

9,180

 

  

 

20,308

 

  

 

—  

 

Foreign, including foreign withholding tax

  

 

8,705

 

  

 

3,137

 

  

 

—  

 

    


  


  


    

 

17,885

 

  

 

129,580

 

  

 

—  

 

    


  


  


Deferred:

                          

Federal

  

 

2,149

 

  

 

(165,429

)

  

 

—  

 

State

  

 

—  

 

  

 

(42,073

)

  

 

—  

 

Foreign

  

 

(9,658

)

  

 

—  

 

  

 

—  

 

    


  


  


    

 

(7,510

)

  

 

(207,502

)

  

 

—  

 

    


  


  


Income tax (benefit) expense

  

 

10,375

 

  

 

(77,922

)

  

 

—  

 

    


  


  


Charge (benefit) to comprehensive loss attributable to investment securities

  

 

—  

 

  

 

3,522

 

  

 

(30,963

)

Tax benefit from employee stock plans credited to stockholders’ equity

  

 

—  

 

  

 

—  

 

  

 

(67,448

)

    


  


  


    

$

10,375

 

  

$

(74,400

)

  

$

(98,411

)

    


  


  


 

100


Table of Contents

VERISIGN, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

DECEMBER 31, 2002, 2001 AND 2000

 

 

The difference between income tax expense and the amount resulting from applying the federal statutory rate of 35% to net loss before income taxes is attributable to the following:

 

    

Year Ended December 31,


 
    

2002


    

2001


    

2000


 
    

(In thousands)

 

Income tax benefit at federal statutory rate

  

$

(1,732,677

)

  

$

(4,701,653

)

  

$

(1,089,949

)

State taxes, net of federal benefit

  

 

9,180

 

  

 

(21,765

)

  

 

(1,732

)

Differences between statutory rate and foreign effective tax rate

  

 

6,166

 

  

 

3,137

 

  

 

871

 

Goodwill amortization and in-process research and development

  

 

1,463,782

 

  

 

4,594,096

 

  

 

1,009,765

 

Current year operating losses and temporary differences for which no tax benefit is recognized

  

 

272,369

 

  

 

—  

 

  

 

59,852

 

Research and experimentation credit

  

 

(1,800

)

  

 

(5,483

)

  

 

(1,444

)

Other

  

 

(6,645

)

  

 

53,746

 

  

 

22,637

 

    


  


  


    

$

10,375

 

  

$

(77,922

)

  

$

—  

 

    


  


  


 

The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to significant portions of VeriSign’s deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows:

 

    

December 31,


 
    

2002


    

2001


 
    

(In thousands)

 

Deferred tax assets:

                 

Net operating loss carryforwards

  

$

275,718

 

  

$

186,403

 

Deductible goodwill and intangible assets

  

 

215,293

 

  

 

170,155

 

Tax credit carryforwards

  

 

12,271

 

  

 

12,325

 

Property and equipment

  

 

26,600

 

  

 

10,605

 

Deferred revenue, accruals and reserves

  

 

185,095

 

  

 

209,072

 

Capital loss carryforwards

  

 

98,756

 

  

 

2,267

 

Other

  

 

4,836

 

  

 

980

 

    


  


Total deferred tax assets

  

 

818,569

 

  

 

591,807

 

Valuation allowance

  

 

(632,180

)

  

 

(340,480

)

    


  


Net deferred tax assets

  

 

186,389

 

  

 

251,327

 

    


  


Deferred tax liabilities:

                 

Non-deductible acquired intangibles

  

 

(176,491

)

  

 

(249,178

)

Unrealized gain

  

 

—  

 

  

 

(2,149

)

Other

  

 

(240

)

  

 

—  

 

    


  


Total deferred tax liabilities

  

 

(176,761

)

  

 

(251,327

)

    


  


Total net deferred tax assets

  

$

9,658

 

  

$

—  

 

    


  


 

In assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets, management considers whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of deferred tax assets will not be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which temporary differences become deductible. Management does not believe it is more likely than not that the deferred tax assets relating to U.S. federal and state operations will be realized; accordingly, a full valuation allowance has been established. Management believes it is more likely than not that deferred tax assets relating to certain foreign operations will

 

101


Table of Contents

VERISIGN, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

DECEMBER 31, 2002, 2001 AND 2000

 

be realized; accordingly, a valuation allowance was not applied on these assets. The total valuation allowance increased $291.7 million in 2002 and $271.6 million in 2001. Of the total valuation allowance at December 31, 2002, $293.1 million is applied to deferred tax assets related to continuing operations and $339.1 million is applied to deferred tax assets related to stock compensation deductions. If the valuation allowance were released, $293.1 million would be credited to the statement of operations and $339.1 million would be credited to additional paid-in capital.

 

As of December 31, 2002, VeriSign had federal net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $18.8 million related to continuing operations and $663.1 million related to stock compensation deductions. VeriSign also had state net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $59.6 million related to continuing operations and $515.1 million related to stock compensation deductions. If VeriSign is not able to use them, the federal net operating loss carryforwards will expire in 2010 through 2022 and the state net operating loss carryforwards will expire in 2004 through 2022. In addition, VeriSign had research and development tax credits for federal income tax purposes of approximately $8.0 million available for carryover to future years, and for state income tax purposes of approximately $6.5 million available for carryover to future years. The federal research and experimentation tax credits will expire, if not utilized, in 2010 through 2022. State research and development tax credits carry forward indefinitely until utilized. The Tax Reform Act of 1986 imposes substantial restrictions on the utilization of net operating losses and tax credits in the event of a corporation’s ownership change, as defined in the Internal Revenue Code. Our ability to utilize net operating loss carryforwards may be limited as a result of such ownership changes.

 

Note 12.    Commitments and Contingencies

 

Leases

 

VeriSign has entered into various capital lease obligations that expire in 2003 for network assets. The majority of the capital lease agreements allow VeriSign to purchase the assets at the end of the lease term for a nominal amount. The cost of property and equipment held under capital leases at December 31, 2002 and 2001 was $1.3 million and $3.5 million, respectively, and was included in computer equipment and purchased software. Related accumulated depreciation at December 31, 2002 and 2001 was $581,000 and $177,000, respectively.

 

VeriSign leases a portion of its facilities under operating leases that extend through 2014 and sub-leases a portion of its office space to third parties. The present value of future minimum capital lease payments, the future minimum lease payments under non-cancelable operating leases and the future minimum sub-lease income as of December 31, 2002 are as follows:

 

      

Capital

Lease Payments


  

Operating

Lease Payments


  

Sub-Lease

Income


 
      

(In thousands)

 

2003

    

$

559

  

$

28,242

  

$

(1,731

)

2004

    

 

—  

  

 

8,558

  

 

(1,051

)

2005

    

 

—  

  

 

25,056

  

 

(982

)

2006

    

 

—  

  

 

22,540

  

 

(519

)

2007

    

 

—  

  

 

21,675

  

 

—  

 

Thereafter

    

 

—  

  

 

90,882

  

 

—  

 

      

  

  


Total minimum lease payments

    

 

559

  

$

216,953

  

$

(4,283

)

             

  


Less amount representing interest (at 8.12%)

    

 

30

               
      

               

Obligations under capital leases

    

$

529

               
      

               

 

102


Table of Contents

VERISIGN, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

DECEMBER 31, 2002, 2001 AND 2000

 

 

Future operating lease payments include payments related to lease terminations due to the abandonment of excess facilities as a result of our restructuring. Obligations under capital leases are included in accounts payable and accrued liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

 

Net rental expense under operating leases was $21.8 million in 2002, $33.2 million in 2001 and $15.2 million in 2000. VeriSign has sub-leased offices to various companies under non-cancelable operating leases. VeriSign received payments of $3.1 million in 2002, $3.0 million in 2001, and $1.2 million in 2000 and is expecting to receive payments of $1.7 million in 2003 and $1.1 million in 2004.

 

Other Commitments

 

In December 2001, VeriSign signed a master contract with IBM under which it committed to purchase $30.0 million of IBM technology over the next three years. During 2002, VeriSign paid IBM $24.1 million and at December 31, 2002, had an additional $2.1 million of open purchase orders with IBM. IBM has also committed to use certain products and services of VeriSign.

 

In December 2001, VeriSign entered into an Agreement for the management and administration of the Tuvalu Internet top-level domain, “.tv,” with the Government of Tuvalu for payments of future royalties. Future royalty payment obligations are as follows:

 

    

(In thousands)

2003

  

$

2,200

2004

  

 

2,200

2005

  

 

2,200

2006

  

 

2,200

2007

  

 

2,000

Thereafter

  

 

2,000

    

    

$

12,800

    

 

Letters of Credit

 

We have pledged a portion of our short-term investments as collateral for standby letters of credit that guarantee certain of our contractual obligations, primarily relating to our real estate lease agreements. As of December 31, 2002, the amount of short-term investments we have pledged pursuant to such agreements was approximately $21 million.

 

Legal Proceedings

 

VeriSign is engaged in several complaints, lawsuits and investigations arising in the ordinary course of business. VeriSign believes that it has adequate legal defenses and that the ultimate outcome of these actions will not have a material effect on VeriSign’s consolidated financial position and results of operations.

 

Note 13.    Segment Information

 

Description of Segments

 

Beginning in 2003, VeriSign realigned its business segments to reflect the way it will manage its business. VeriSign is currently organized into three service-based lines of business: the Internet Services Group, the

 

103


Table of Contents

VERISIGN, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

DECEMBER 31, 2002, 2001 AND 2000

 

Telecommunication Services Group, and Network Solutions, Inc., or Network Solutions. The Internet Services Group consists of two business units: Security Services, which provides products and services that enable enterprises and service providers to establish and deliver secure Internet-based services to customers, and Registry Services, which acts as the exclusive registry of domain names in the .com and .net generic top-level domains, or gTLDs, and certain country code top-level domains, or ccTLDs. The Telecommunication Services Group provides specialized services to telecommunications carriers. Through VeriSign’s wholly-owned subsidiary, Network Solutions, VeriSign provides domain name registration and value-added services to enterprises and individuals who wish to establish an online presence. Prior to 2003 and subsequent to the acquisition of Network Solutions in June 2000, VeriSign organized its business into two reportable operating segments: the Enterprise and Service Provider Division and the Mass Markets Division. The segments were determined based primarily on how the chief operating decision maker (“CODM”) views and evaluates VeriSign’s operations. VeriSign’s Chief Executive Officer has been identified as the CODM as defined by SFAS No. 131, “Disclosures About Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information.” Other factors, including customer base, homogeneity of products, technology and delivery channels, were also considered in determining the reportable segments. The performance of each segment is measured based on several metrics, including gross margin.

 

The Mass Markets Division provided domain name registration, digital certificate and payment services and other value-added services to small and medium sized companies as well as to individual consumers. The Enterprise and Service Provider Division provided products and services to organizations that wanted to establish and deliver Internet-based and telecommunications-based services for their customers in both business-to-consumer and business-to-business environments. In 2000, VeriSign’s results prior to its acquisition of Network Solutions were included in the Enterprise and Service Provider Division.

 

The accounting policies used to derive reportable segment results are generally the same as those described in Note 1.

 

104


Table of Contents

VERISIGN, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

DECEMBER 31, 2002, 2001 AND 2000

 

 

The following table reflects the results of VeriSign’s reportable segments under VeriSign’s previous structure. The “Other” segment consists primarily of unallocated corporate expenses. These results are used, in part, by the CODM and by management, in evaluating the performance of, and in allocating resources to, each of the segments. Internal revenues and segment gross margin include transactions between segments that are intended to reflect an arm’s length transfer at the best price available for comparable external transactions.

 

    

Enterprise and

Service Provider

Division


    

Mass

Markets

Division


    

Other


    

Total

Segments


 
    

(In thousands)

 

Year ended December 31, 2002:

                                   

Total revenues

  

$

897,812

 

  

$

412,113

 

  

$

—  

 

  

$

1,309,925

 

Internal revenues

  

 

(88,257

)

  

 

—  

 

  

 

—  

 

  

 

(88,257

)

    


  


  


  


External revenues

  

$

809,555

 

  

$

412,113

 

  

$

—  

 

  

$

1,221,668

 

    


  


  


  


Total cost of revenues

  

$

434,000

 

  

$

197,718

 

  

$

27,906

 

  

$

659,624

 

Internal cost of revenues

  

 

—  

 

  

 

(88,257

)

  

 

—  

 

  

 

(88,257

)

    


  


  


  


External cost of revenues

  

$

434,000

 

  

$

109,461

 

  

$

27,906

 

  

$

571,367

 

    


  


  


  


Gross margin after eliminations

  

$

375,555

 

  

$

302,652

 

  

$

(27,906

)

  

$

650,301

 

    


  


  


  


Year ended December 31, 2001:

                                   

Total revenues

  

$

559,100

 

  

$

555,061

 

  

$

—  

 

  

$

1,114,161

 

Internal revenues

  

 

(130,597

)

  

 

—  

 

  

 

—  

 

  

 

(130,597

)

    


  


  


  


External revenues

  

$

428,503

 

  

$

555,061

 

  

$

—  

 

  

$

983,564

 

    


  


  


  


Total cost of revenues

  

$

179,135

 

  

$

289,071

 

  

$

6,112

 

  

$

474,318

 

Internal cost of revenues

  

 

—  

 

  

 

(130,597

)

  

 

—  

 

  

 

(130,597

)

    


  


  


  


External cost of revenues

  

$

179,135

 

  

$

158,474

 

  

$

6,112

 

  

$

343,721

 

    


  


  


  


Gross margin after eliminations

  

$

249,368

 

  

$

396,587

 

  

$

(6,112

)

  

$

639,843

 

    


  


  


  


Year ended December 31, 2000:

                                   

Total revenues

  

$

255,272

 

  

$

282,634

 

  

$

—  

 

  

$

537,906

 

Internal revenues

  

 

(63,140

)

  

 

—  

 

  

 

—  

 

  

 

(63,140

)

    


  


  


  


External revenues

  

$

192,132

 

  

$

282,634

 

  

$

—  

 

  

$

474,766

 

    


  


  


  


Total cost of revenues

  

$

79,794

 

  

$

146,395

 

  

$

—  

 

  

$

226,189

 

Internal cost of revenues

  

 

—  

 

  

 

(63,140

)

  

 

—  

 

  

 

(63,140

)

    


  


  


  


External cost of revenues

  

$

79,794

 

  

$

83,255

 

  

$

—  

 

  

$

163,049

 

    


  


  


  


Gross margin after eliminations

  

$

112,338

 

  

$

199,379

 

  

$

—  

 

  

$

311,717

 

    


  


  


  


 

 

105


Table of Contents

VERISIGN, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

DECEMBER 31, 2002, 2001 AND 2000

 

 

The following table reflects the results of VeriSign’s reportable segments under VeriSign’s current service-based lines of business. The “Other” segment consists primarily of unallocated corporate expenses.

 

    

Internet

Services

Group


      

Telecommunication

Services

Group


  

Network

Solutions


    

Other


    

Total

Segments


 
    

(In thousands)

 

Year ended December 31, 2002:

                                            

Total revenues

  

$

620,301

 

    

$

385,734

  

$

303,890

 

  

$

—  

 

  

$

1,309,925

 

Internal revenues

  

 

(88,257

)

    

 

—  

  

 

—  

 

  

 

—  

 

  

 

(88,257

)

    


    

  


  


  


External revenues

  

$

532,044

 

    

$

385,734

  

$

303,890

 

  

$

—  

 

  

$

1,221,668

 

    


    

  


  


  


Total cost of revenues

  

$

244,942

 

    

$

210,301

  

$

176,475

 

  

$

27,906

 

  

$

659,624

 

Internal cost of revenues

  

 

—  

 

    

 

—  

  

 

(88,257

)

  

 

—  

 

  

 

(88,257

)

    


    

  


  


  


External cost of revenues

  

$

244,942

 

    

$

210,301

  

$

88,218

 

  

$

27,906

 

  

$

571,367

 

    


    

  


  


  


Gross margin after eliminations

  

$

287,102

 

    

$

175,433

  

$

215,672

 

  

$

(27,906

)

  

$

650,301

 

    


    

  


  


  


 

The following table presents external revenues for groups of similar services.

 

    

Year Ended December 31,


    

2002


  

2001


  

2000


    

(In thousands)

Web presence and trust services

  

$

412,113

  

$

555,061

  

$

282,634

Managed security and network services

  

 

287,615

  

 

298,000

  

 

147,984

Registry and telecommunications services

  

 

521,940

  

 

130,503

  

 

44,148

    

  

  

Revenues as reported

  

$

1,221,668

  

$

983,564

  

$

474,766

    

  

  

 

106


Table of Contents

VERISIGN, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

DECEMBER 31, 2002, 2001 AND 2000

 

 

The following table presents external revenues in alignment with VeriSign’s current service-based business segments.

 

    

Year Ended

December 31, 2002


    

(In thousands)

Internet Services Group

  

$

532,044

Telecommunication Services Group

  

 

385,734

Network Solutions

  

 

303,890

    

Revenues as reported

  

$

1,221,668

    

 

Reconciliation to VeriSign, as Reported

 

    

Year Ended December 31,


 
    

2002


    

2001


    

2000


 
    

(In thousands)

 

Revenues:

                          

Total segments

  

$

1,309,925

 

  

$

1,114,161

 

  

$

537,906

 

Elimination of internal revenues

  

 

(88,257

)

  

 

(130,597

)

  

 

(63,140

)

    


  


  


Revenues, as reported

  

$

1,221,668

 

  

$

983,564

 

  

$

474,766

 

    


  


  


Net loss:

                          

Total segments’ gross margin

  

$

650,301

 

  

$

639,843

 

  

$

311,717

 

Operating expenses

  

 

(5,451,934

)

  

 

(14,050,669

)

  

 

(3,512,026

)

Other income, (expense)

  

 

(148,873

)

  

 

(22,469

)

  

 

86,169

 

Minority interest in net income of subsidiary

  

 

(416

)

  

 

(579

)

  

 

(1,334

)

Income tax benefit (expense)

  

 

(10,375

)

  

 

77,922

 

  

 

—  

 

    


  


  


Net loss, as reported

  

$

(4,961,297

)

  

$

(13,355,952

)

  

$

(3,115,474

)

    


  


  


 

Geographic Information

 

    

Year Ended December 31,


    

2002


  

2001


  

2000


    

(In thousands)

Revenues:

                    

United States

  

$

1,115,731

  

$

854,495

  

$

407,843

All other countries

  

 

105,937

  

 

129,069

  

 

66,923

    

  

  

Total

  

$

1,221,668

  

$

983,564

  

$

474,766

    

  

  

 

VeriSign operates in the United States, Europe, Japan, Australia and South Africa. In general, revenues are attributed to the country in which the contract originated. However, revenues from all digital certificates issued from the Mountain View, California facility and domain names issued from the Herndon, Virginia facility are attributed to the United States because it is impracticable to determine the country of origin.

 

107


Table of Contents

VERISIGN, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

DECEMBER 31, 2002, 2001 AND 2000

 

 

Long-lived assets consist primarily of goodwill and other intangible assets, property and equipment and other long-term assets.

 

    

December 31,


    

2002


  

2001


    

(In thousands)

Long-lived assets:

             

United States

  

$

1,707,440

  

$

6,244,315

All other countries

  

 

79,574

  

 

202,634

    

  

Total

  

$

1,787,014

  

$

6,446,949

    

  

 

Assets are not tracked by segment and the chief operating decision maker does not evaluate segment performance based on asset utilization.

 

Major Customers

 

No customer accounted for 10% or more of consolidated revenues in 2002, 2001 or 2000.

 

Note 14.    Related Party Transactions

 

VeriSign recognized revenues totaling $27.1 million in 2002, $64.0 million in 2001 and $13.2 million in 2000 from customers, including VeriSign Affiliates, with whom it participated in a private equity round of financing.

 

Prior to December 31, 2002, Science Application International Corporation (“SAIC”) owned approximately 5% of the common shares outstanding of VeriSign, Inc. During 2002, SAIC sold all of its common stock in VeriSign and was no longer a shareholder. Also during 2002, VeriSign incurred and paid an immaterial amount to SAIC. In 2001, VeriSign incurred and paid $.6 million to SAIC for subcontractor labor and expenses for the operation of foreign offices. In 2000, VeriSign incurred and paid $1.4 million for fees and services provided by SAIC. Of the total expense, $.7 million was subcontractor labor and expenses for the operations of foreign offices and $.3 million was for corporate services provided by SAIC until all systems were transitioned after the acquisition of Network Solutions. These corporate services included accounting, data processing, payroll and related taxes and employee benefit plans administration and processing. The remaining $.4 million represents other services provided by SAIC.

 

108


Table of Contents

EXHIBITS

 

As required under Item 15—Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules and Reports on Form 8-K, the exhibits filed as part of this report are provided in this separate section. The exhibits included in this section are as follows:

 

Exhibit

Number


  

Exhibit Description


10.02

  

Form of Revised Indemnification Agreement entered into by the Registrant with each of its directors and executive officers

10.08

  

Registrant’s 2001 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended through 11/22/02

10.21

  

Description of Severance Arrangement between the Registrant and William P. Fasig

10.22

  

Employment Offer Letter Agreement between the Registrant and W. G. Champion Mitchell dated July 25, 2001

21.01

  

Subsidiaries of the Registrant

23.01

  

Consent of KPMG LLP

99.01

  

Certification of President/CEO/Chairman of the Board, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350,

as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

99.02

  

Certification of Executive VP of Finance and Administration/CFO, pursuant to 18 U.S.C.

Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

 

109

Form of Revised Indemnification Agreement

 

EXHIBIT 10.02

 

INDEMNITY AGREEMENT

 

This Indemnity Agreement (this Agreement), dated as of             , is made by and between             , a              corporation (the Company), and             , a director and/or officer of the Company (the Indemnitee).

 

RECITALS

 

A. The Company is aware that competent and experienced persons are increasingly reluctant to serve as directors or officers of corporations unless they are protected by comprehensive liability insurance and/or indemnification, due to increased exposure to litigation costs and risks resulting from their service to such corporations, and due to the fact that the exposure frequently bears no reasonable relationship to the compensation of such directors and officers;

 

B. Based on their experience as business managers, the Board of Directors of the Company (the Board) has concluded that, to retain and attract talented and experienced individuals to serve as officers and directors of the Company, and to encourage such individuals to take the business risks necessary for the success of the Company, it is necessary for the Company contractually to indemnify officers and directors and to assume for itself maximum liability for expenses and damages in connection with claims against such officers and directors in connection with their service to the Company;

 

C. Section 145 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, under which the Company is organized (the Law), empowers the Company to indemnify by agreement its officers, directors, employees and agents, and persons who serve, at the request of the Company, as directors, officers, employees or agents of other corporations or enterprises, and expressly provides that the indemnification provided by the Law is not exclusive; and

 

D. The Company desires and has requested the Indemnitee to serve or continue to serve as a director or officer of the Company free from undue concern for claims for damages arising out of or related to such services to the Company.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound, hereby agree as follows:

 

1.    Definitions.

 

1.1    Agent.     For the purposes of this Agreement, agent of the Company means any person who is or was a director or officer of the Company or a subsidiary of the Company; or is or was serving at the request of, for the convenience of, or to represent the interest of the Company or a subsidiary of the Company as a director or officer of another foreign or domestic corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise or an affiliate of the Company; or was a director or officer of a foreign or domestic corporation which was a predecessor corporation of the Company, including, without limitation, Network Solutions, Inc., a Delaware corporation, or was a director or officer of another enterprise or affiliate of the Company at the request of, for the convenience of, or to represent the interests of such predecessor corporation. The term enterprise includes any employee benefit plan of the Company, its subsidiaries, affiliates and predecessor corporations.

 

1.2    Expenses.    For purposes of this Agreement, expenses includes all direct and indirect costs of any type or nature whatsoever (including, without limitation, all attorneys’ fees and related disbursements and other out-of-pocket costs) actually and reasonably incurred by the Indemnitee in connection with the investigation, defense or appeal of a proceeding or establishing or enforcing a right to indemnification or advancement of expenses under this Agreement, Section 145 or otherwise.

 

1


 

1.3    Proceeding.    For the purposes of this Agreement, “proceeding means any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or other proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative, investigative or any other type whatsoever.

 

1.4    Subsidiary.    For purposes of this Agreement, “subsidiary” means any corporation of which more than fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding voting securities is owned directly or indirectly by the Company, by the Company and one or more of its subsidiaries or by one or more of the Company’s subsidiaries.

 

2.    Agreement to Serve.    The Indemnitee agrees to serve and/or continue to serve as an agent of the Company, at the will of the Company (or under separate agreement, if such agreement exists), in the capacity the Indemnitee currently serves as an agent of the Company, faithfully and to the best of his ability, so long as he is duly appointed or elected and qualified in accordance with the applicable provisions of the charter documents of the Company or any subsidiary of the Company; provided, however, that the Indemnitee may at any time and for any reason resign from such position (subject to any contractual obligation that the Indemnitee may have assumed apart from this Agreement), and the Company or any subsidiary shall have no obligation under this Agreement to continue the Indemnitee in any such position.

 

3.    Directors’ and Officers’ Insurance.    The Company shall, to the extent that the Board determines it to be economically reasonable, maintain a policy of directors’ and officers’ liability insurance (“D&O Insurance”), on such terms and conditions as may be approved by the Board.

 

4.    Mandatory Indemnification.    Subject to Section 9 below, the Company shall indemnify the Indemnitee:

 

4.1    Third-Party Actions.    If the Indemnitee is a person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any proceeding (other than an action by or in the right of the Company) by reason of the fact that he is or was an agent of the Company, or by reason of anything done or not done by him in any such capacity, against any and all expenses and liabilities of any type whatsoever (including, but not limited to, judgments, fines, ERISA excise taxes or penalties and amounts paid in settlement) actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with the investigation, defense, settlement or appeal of such proceeding if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the Company and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful; and

 

4.2    Derivative Actions.    If the Indemnitee is a person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that he is or was an agent of the Company, or by reason of anything done or not done by him in any such capacity, against any amounts paid in settlement of any such proceeding and all expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with the investigation, defense, settlement or appeal of such proceeding if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the Company; except that no indemnification under this subsection shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been finally adjudged to be liable to the Company by a court of competent jurisdiction due to willful misconduct of a culpable nature in the performance of his duty to the Company, unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or the court in which such proceeding was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such amounts which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper; and

 

4.3    Exception for Amounts Covered by Insurance.    Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not be obligated to indemnify the Indemnitee for expenses or liabilities of any type whatsoever (including, but not limited to, judgments, fines, ERISA excise taxes or penalties and amounts paid in settlement) to the extent such have been paid directly to the Indemnitee by D&O Insurance.

 

2


 

5.    Partial Indemnification and Contribution.

 

5.1    Partial Indemnification.    If the Indemnitee is entitled under any provision of this Agreement to indemnification by the Company for some or a portion of any expenses or liabilities of any type whatsoever (including, but not limited to, judgments, fines, ERISA excise taxes or penalties and amounts paid in settlement) incurred by him in the investigation, defense, settlement or appeal of a proceeding but is not entitled, however, to indemnification for all of the total amount thereof, then the Company shall nevertheless indemnify the Indemnitee for such total amount except as to the portion thereof to which the Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification.

 

5.2    Contribution.    If the Indemnitee is not entitled to the indemnification provided in Section 4 for any reason other than the statutory limitations set forth in the Law, then in respect of any threatened, pending or completed proceeding in which the Company is jointly liable with the Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such proceeding), the Company shall contribute to the amount of expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred and paid or payable by the Indemnitee in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect (i) the relative benefits received by the Company on the one hand and the Indemnitee on the other hand from the transaction from which such proceeding arose and (ii) the relative fault of the Company on the one hand and of the Indemnitee on the other hand in connection with the events which resulted in such expenses, judgments, fines or settlement amounts, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of the Company on the one hand and of the Indemnitee on the other hand shall be determined by reference to, among other things, the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent the circumstances resulting in such expenses, judgments, fines or settlement amounts. The Company agrees that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 5 were determined by pro rata allocation or any other method of allocation which does not take account of the foregoing equitable considerations.

 

6.    Mandatory Advancement of Expenses.

 

6.1    Advancement.    Subject to Section 9 below, the Company shall advance all expenses incurred by the Indemnitee in connection with the investigation, defense, settlement or appeal of any proceeding to which the Indemnitee is a party or is threatened to be made a party by reason of the fact that the Indemnitee is or was an agent of the Company or by reason of anything done or not done by him in any such capacity. The Indemnitee hereby undertakes to promptly repay such amounts advanced only if, and to the extent that, it shall ultimately be determined that the Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company under the provisions of this Agreement, the Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws of the Company, the Law or otherwise. The advances to be made hereunder shall be paid by the Company to the Indemnitee within thirty (30) days following delivery of a written request therefor by the Indemnitee to the Company.

 

6.2    Exception.    Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 6, the Company shall not be obligated to advance any expenses to the Indemnitee arising from a lawsuit filed directly by the Company against the Indemnitee if an absolute majority of the members of the Board reasonably determines in good faith, within thirty (30) days of the Indemnitee’s request to be advanced expenses, that the facts known to them at the time such determination is made demonstrate clearly and convincingly that the Indemnitee acted in bad faith. If such a determination is made, the Indemnitee may have such decision reviewed by another forum, in the manner set forth in Sections 8.3, 8.4 and 8.5 hereof, with all references therein to “indemnification” being deemed to refer to “advancement of expenses,” and the burden of proof shall be on the Company to demonstrate clearly and convincingly that, based on the facts known at the time, the Indemnitee acted in bad faith. The Company may not avail itself of this Section 6.2 as to a given lawsuit if, at any time after the occurrence of the activities or omissions that are the primary focus of the lawsuit, the Company has undergone a change in control. For this purpose, a change in control shall mean a given person or group of affiliated persons or groups increasing their beneficial ownership interest in the Company by at least twenty (20) percentage points without advance Board approval.

 

3


 

7.    Notice and Other Indemnification Procedures.

 

7.1    Promptly after receipt by the Indemnitee of notice of the commencement of or the threat of commencement of any proceeding, the Indemnitee shall, if the Indemnitee believes that indemnification with respect thereto may be sought from the Company under this Agreement, notify the Company of the commencement or threat of commencement thereof.

 

7.2    If, at the time of the receipt of a notice of the commencement of a proceeding pursuant to Section 7.1 hereof, the Company has D&O Insurance in effect, the Company shall give prompt notice of the commencement of such proceeding to the insurers in accordance with the procedures set forth in the respective policies. The Company shall thereafter take all necessary or desirable action to cause such insurers to pay, on behalf of the Indemnitee, all amounts payable as a result of such proceeding in accordance with the terms of such D&O Insurance policies.

 

7.3    In the event the Company shall be obligated to advance the expenses for any proceeding against the Indemnitee, the Company, if appropriate, shall be entitled to assume the defense of such proceeding, with counsel approved by the Indemnitee (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld), upon the delivery to the Indemnitee of written notice of its election to do so. After delivery of such notice, approval of such counsel by the Indemnitee and the retention of such counsel by the Company, the Company will not be liable to the Indemnitee under this Agreement for any fees of counsel subsequently incurred by the Indemnitee with respect to the same proceeding, provided that: (a) the Indemnitee shall have the right to employ his own counsel in any such proceeding at the Indemnitee’s expense; (b) the Indemnitee shall have the right to employ his own counsel in connection with any such proceeding, at the expense of the Company, if such counsel serves in a review, observer, advice and counseling capacity and does not otherwise materially control or participate in the defense of such proceeding; and (c) if (i) the employment of counsel by the Indemnitee has been previously authorized by the Company, (ii) the Indemnitee shall have reasonably concluded that there may be a conflict of interest between the Company and the Indemnitee in the conduct of any such defense or (iii) the Company shall not, in fact, have employed counsel to assume the defense of such proceeding, then the fees and expenses of the Indemnitee’s counsel shall be at the expense of the Company.

 

8.    Determination of Right to Indemnification.

 

8.1    To the extent the Indemnitee has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any proceeding referred to in Section 4.1 or 4.2 of this Agreement or in the defense of any claim, issue or matter described therein, the Company shall indemnify the Indemnitee against expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with the investigation, defense or appeal of such proceeding, or such claim, issue or matter, as the case may be.

 

8.2    In the event that Section 8.1 is inapplicable, or does not apply to the entire proceeding, the Company shall nonetheless indemnify the Indemnitee unless the Company shall prove by clear and convincing evidence to a forum listed in Section 8.3 below that the Indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct required to entitle the Indemnitee to such indemnification.

 

8.3    The Indemnitee shall be entitled to select the forum in which the validity of the Company’s claim under Section 8.2 hereof that the Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification will be heard from among the following, except that the Indemnitee can select a forum consisting of the stockholders of the Company only with the approval of the Company:

 

(a)    A quorum of the Board consisting of directors who are not parties to the proceeding for which indemnification is being sought;

 

(b)    The stockholders of the Company;

 

(c)    Legal counsel mutually agreed upon by the Indemnitee and the Board, which counsel shall make such determination in a written opinion;

 

4


 

(d)    A panel of three arbitrators, one of whom is selected by the Company, another of whom is selected by the Indemnitee and the last of whom is selected by the first two arbitrators so selected; or

 

(e)    The Court of Chancery of Delaware or other court having jurisdiction of subject matter and the parties.

 

8.4    As soon as practicable, and in no event later than thirty (30) days after the forum has been selected pursuant to Section 8.3 above, the Company shall, at its own expense, submit to the selected forum its claim that the Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification, and the Company shall act in the utmost good faith to assure the Indemnitee a complete opportunity to defend against such claim.

 

8.5    If the forum selected in accordance with Section 8.3 hereof is not a court, then after the final decision of such forum is rendered, the Company or the Indemnitee shall have the right to apply to the Court of Chancery of Delaware, the court in which the proceeding giving rise to the Indemnitee’s claim for indemnification is or was pending or any other court of competent jurisdiction, for the purpose of appealing the decision of such forum, provided that such right is executed within sixty (60) days after the final decision of such forum is rendered. If the forum selected in accordance with Section 8.3 hereof is a court, then the rights of the Company or the Indemnitee to appeal any decision of such court shall be governed by the applicable laws and rules governing appeals of the decision of such court.

 

8.6     Notwithstanding any other provision in this Agreement to the contrary, the Company shall indemnify the Indemnitee against all expenses incurred by the Indemnitee in connection with any hearing or proceeding under this Section 8 involving the Indemnitee and against all expenses incurred by the Indemnitee in connection with any other proceeding between the Company and the Indemnitee involving the interpretation or enforcement of the rights of the Indemnitee under this Agreement unless a court of competent jurisdiction finds that each of the material claims and/or defenses of the Indemnitee in any such proceeding was frivolous or not made in good faith.

 

9.    Exceptions.    Any other provision herein to the contrary notwithstanding, the Company shall not be obligated pursuant to the terms of this Agreement:

 

9.1    Claims Initiated by Indemnitee.    To indemnify or advance expenses to the Indemnitee with respect to proceedings or claims initiated or brought voluntarily by the Indemnitee and not by way of defense, except with respect to proceedings specifically authorized by the Board or brought to establish or enforce a right to indemnification and/or advancement of expenses arising under this Agreement, the charter documents of the Company or any subsidiary or any statute or law or otherwise, but such indemnification or advancement of expenses may be provided by the Company in specific cases if the Board finds it to be appropriate; or

 

9.2    Unauthorized Settlements.    To indemnify the Indemnitee hereunder for any amounts paid in settlement of a proceeding unless the Company consents in advance in writing to such settlement, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld; or

 

9.3    Securities Law Actions.    To indemnify the Indemnitee on account of any suit in which judgment is rendered against the Indemnitee for an accounting of profits made from the purchase or sale by the Indemnitee of securities of the Company pursuant to the provisions of Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and amendments thereto or similar provisions of any federal, state or local statutory law; or

 

9.4    Unlawful Indemnification.    To indemnify the Indemnitee if a final decision by a court having jurisdiction in the matter shall determine that such indemnification is not lawful. In this respect, the Company and the Indemnitee have been advised that the Securities and Exchange Commission takes the position that indemnification for liabilities arising under the federal securities laws is against public policy and is, therefore, unenforceable and that claims for indemnification should be submitted to appropriate courts for adjudication.

 

10.    Non-Exclusivity.    The provisions for indemnification and advancement of expenses set forth in this Agreement shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights which the Indemnitee may have under any provision of law, the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws, the vote of the Company’s stockholders or disinterested

 

5


 

directors, other agreements or otherwise, both as to action in the Indemnitee’s official capacity and to action in another capacity while occupying his position as an agent of the Company, and the Indemnitee’s rights hereunder shall continue after the Indemnitee has ceased acting as an agent of the Company and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of the Indemnitee.

 

11.    General Provisions.

 

11.1    Interpretation of Agreement.    It is understood that the parties hereto intend this Agreement to be interpreted and enforced so as to provide indemnification and advancement of expenses to the Indemnitee to the fullest extent now or hereafter permitted by law, except as expressly limited herein.

 

11.2    Severability.    If any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable for any reason whatsoever, then: (a) the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, all portions of any paragraphs of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable that are not themselves invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby; and (b) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, all portions of any paragraphs of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that are not themselves invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested by the provision held invalid, illegal or unenforceable and to give effect to Section 11.1 hereof.

 

11.3    Modification and Waiver.    No supplement, modification or amendment of this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by both of the parties hereto. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver of any other provision hereof (whether or not similar), nor shall such waiver constitute a continuing waiver.

 

11.4    Subrogation.    In the event of full payment under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of the Indemnitee, who shall execute all documents required and shall do all acts that may be necessary or desirable to secure such rights and to enable the Company effectively to bring suit to enforce such rights.

 

11.5    Counterparts.    This Agreement may be executed in one or more counter-parts, which shall together constitute one agreement.

 

11.6    Successors and Assigns.    The terms of this Agreement shall bind, and shall inure to the benefit of, the successors and assigns of the parties hereto.

 

11.7    Notice.    All notices, requests, demands and other communications under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed duly given: (a) if delivered by hand and signed for by the party addressee; or (b) if mailed by certified or registered mail, with postage prepaid, on the third business day after the mailing date. Addresses for notice to either party are as shown on the signature page of this Agreement or as subsequently modified by written notice.

 

11.8    Governing Law.    This Agreement shall be governed exclusively by and construed according to the laws of the State of California, as applied to contracts between California residents entered into and to be performed entirely within California.

 

11.9    Consent to Jurisdiction.    The Company and the Indemnitee each hereby irrevocably consent to the jurisdiction of the courts of the State of California for all purposes in connection with any action or proceeding which arises out of or relates to this Agreement.

 

11.10    Attorneys’ Fees.    In the event Indemnitee is required to bring any action to enforce rights under this Agreement (including, without limitation, the expenses of any Proceeding described in Section 3), the

 

6


 

Indemnitee shall be entitled to all reasonable fees and expenses in bringing and pursuing such action, unless a court of competent jurisdiction finds each of the material claims of the Indemnitee in any such action was frivolous and not made in good faith.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have entered into this Indemnity Agreement effective as of the date first written above.

 

           

INDEMNITEE:

By:

 
     

Name:

 
       

Title:

 
       
       

Address:

 

 

 

7

Registrant's 2001 Stock Incentive Plan

 

Exhibit 10.08

 

VERISIGN, INC.

 

2001 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN

 

As Adopted January 26, 2001

and Amended Effective November 22, 2002

 

1. PURPOSE.    The purpose of this Plan is to provide incentives to attract, retain and motivate eligible persons whose present and potential contributions are important to the success of the Company, its Parent and Subsidiaries, by offering them an opportunity to participate in the Company’s future performance through awards of Options and Restricted Stock. Capitalized terms not defined in the text are defined in Section 22 if they are not otherwise defined in other sections of this Plan.

 

2. SHARES SUBJECT TO THE PLAN.

 

2.1    Number of Shares Available.    Subject to Sections 2.2 and 17, the total number of Shares reserved and available for grant and issuance pursuant to this Plan will be 15,000,000 Shares. Subject to Sections 2.2 and 17, Shares that are subject to: (a) issuance upon exercise of an Option but cease to be subject to such Option for any reason other than exercise of such Award and (b) an Award granted hereunder but are forfeited or are repurchased by the Company at the original issue price because the Shares are Unvested Shares at the time of the Participant’s Termination, will again be available for grant and issuance in connection with future Awards under this Plan. On each January 1, the aggregate number of Shares reserved and available for grant and issuance pursuant to this Plan will be increased automatically by a number of Shares equal to two percent (2%) of the total outstanding shares of the Company as of the immediately preceding December 31; provided, that the Board may in its sole discretion reduce the amount of the increase in any particular year. At all times the Company shall reserve and keep available a sufficient number of Shares as shall be required to satisfy the requirements of all outstanding Awards granted under this Plan.

 

2.2    Adjustment of Shares.    If the number of outstanding shares is changed by a stock dividend, recapitalization, stock split, reverse stock split, subdivision, combination, reclassification or similar change in the capital structure of the Company without consideration, then (a) the number of Shares reserved for issuance under this Plan, (b) the Exercise Prices of and number of Shares subject to outstanding Options, and (c) the number of Shares subject to other outstanding Awards, will be proportionately adjusted, subject to any required action by the Board or the stockholders of the Company and compliance with applicable securities laws; provided, that fractions of a Share will not be issued but will either be paid in cash at the Fair Market Value of such fraction of a Share or will be rounded up to the nearest whole Share, as determined by the Committee; and provided, further, that the Exercise Price of any Award may not be decreased to below the par value of the Shares.

 

3. ELIGIBILITY.    Awards may be granted to employees, non-Section 16 officers, consultants, independent contractors and advisors of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company; provided such consultants, independent contractors and advisors render bona fide services not in connection with the offer and sale of securities in a capital-raising transaction. A person may be granted more than one Award under this Plan. Awards granted to officers may not exceed in the aggregate forty percent (40%) of all Shares that are reserved for grant under this Plan. Awards granted as Restricted Stock to officers may not exceed in the aggregate forty percent (40%) of all Shares that are granted as Restricted Stock.


 

4. ADMINISTRATION.

 

4.1    Committee Authority.    This Plan will be administered by the Committee or by the Board acting as the Committee. Subject to the general purposes, terms and conditions of this Plan, and to the direction of the Board, the Committee will have full power to implement and carry out this Plan. Without limitation, the Committee will have the authority to:

 

(a) construe and interpret this Plan, any Award Agreement and any other agreement or document executed pursuant to this Plan;

 

(b) prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating to this Plan or any Award;

 

(c) select persons to receive Awards;

 

(d) determine the form and terms of Awards;

 

(e) determine the number of Shares subject to Awards;

 

(f) determine whether Awards will be granted singly, in combination with, in tandem with, in replacement of, or as alternatives to, other Awards under this Plan or any other incentive or compensation plan of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company;

 

(g) grant waivers of Plan or Award conditions;

 

(h) determine the vesting, exercisability and payment of Awards;

 

(i) correct any defect, supply any omission or reconcile any inconsistency in this Plan, any Award or any Award Agreement;

 

(j) determine whether an Award has been earned; and

 

(k) make all other determinations necessary or advisable for the administration of this Plan.

 

4.2    Committee Discretion.    Any determination made by the Committee with respect to any Award will be made in its sole discretion at the time of grant of the Award or, unless in contravention of any express term of this Plan or Award, at any later time, and such determination will be final and binding on the Company and on all persons having an interest in any Award under this Plan. The Committee may delegate to one or more officers of the Company the authority to grant an Award under this Plan to Participants who are not officers.

 

5. OPTIONS.    Only nonqualified stock options that do not qualify as incentive stock options within the meaning of Section 422(b) of the Code may be granted under this Plan. The Committee may grant Options to eligible persons and will determine (i) the number of Shares subject to the Option, (ii) the Exercise Price of the Option, (iii) the period during which the Option may be exercised, and (iv) all other terms and conditions of the Option, subject to the following:

 

5.1    Form of Option Grant.    Each Option granted under this Plan will be evidenced by a Stock Option Agreement. The Stock Option Agreement will be in such form and contain such provisions (which need not be the same for each Participant) as the Committee may from time to time approve, and which will comply with and be subject to the terms and conditions of this Plan.

 

5.2    Date of Grant.    The date of grant of an Option will be the date on which the Committee makes the determination to grant the Option, unless a later date is otherwise specified by the Committee. The Stock Option Agreement and a copy of this Plan will be delivered to the Participant within a reasonable time after the Option is granted.


 

5.3    Exercise Period and Expiration Date.    Options will be exercisable within the times or upon the occurrence of events determined by the Committee as set forth in the Stock Option Agreement governing such Option; provided, however, that no Option will be exercisable after the expiration of ten (10) years from the date the Option is granted. The Committee also may provide for Options to become exercisable at one time or from time to time, periodically or otherwise, in such number of Shares or percentage of Shares as the Committee determines.

 

5.4    Exercise Price.    The Exercise Price of an Option will be determined by the Committee when the Option is granted and may be not less than the par value of the Shares on the date of grant. Payment for the Shares purchased must be made in accordance with Section 7 of this Plan.

 

5.5    Method of Exercise.    Options may be exercised only by delivery to the Company of a written stock option exercise agreement (the “Exercise Agreement”) in a form approved by the Committee (which need not be the same for each Participant), stating the number of Shares being purchased, the restrictions imposed on the Shares purchased under such Exercise Agreement, if any, and such representations and agreements regarding Participant’s investment intent and access to information and other matters, if any, as may be required or desirable by the Company to comply with applicable securities laws, together with payment in full of the Exercise Price for the number of Shares being purchased.

 

5.6    Termination.    Notwithstanding the exercise periods set forth in the Stock Option Agreement, exercise of an Option will always be subject to the following:

 

(a) If the Participant is Terminated for any reason except death or Disability, then the Participant may exercise such Participant’s Options only to the extent that such Options would have been exercisable upon the Termination Date no later than three (3) months after the Termination Date (or such shorter or longer time period not exceeding five (5) years as may be determined by the Committee, but in any event, no later than the expiration date of the Options.

 

(b) If the Participant is Terminated because of Participant’s death or Disability (or the Participant dies within three (3) months after a Termination other than for Cause or because of Participant’s Disability), then Participant’s Options may be exercised only to the extent that such Options would have been exercisable by Participant on the Termination Date and must be exercised by Participant (or Participant’s legal representative or authorized assignee) no later than twelve (12) months after the Termination Date (or such shorter or longer time period not exceeding five (5) years as may be determined by the Committee) but in any event no later than the expiration date of the Options.

 

(c) Notwithstanding the provisions in paragraph 5.6(a) above, if a Participant is terminated for Cause, neither the Participant, the Participant’s estate nor such other person who may then hold the Option shall be entitled to exercise any Option with respect to any Shares whatsoever, after termination of service, whether or not after termination of service the Participant may receive payment from the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company for vacation pay, for services rendered prior to termination, for services rendered for the day on which termination occurs, for salary in lieu of notice, or for any other benefits. In making such determination, the Board shall give the Participant an opportunity to present to the Board evidence on his behalf. For the purpose of this paragraph, termination of service shall be deemed to occur on the date when the Company dispatches notice or advice to the Participant that his service is terminated.

 

5.7    Limitations on Exercise.    The Committee may specify a reasonable minimum number of Shares that may be purchased on any exercise of an Option, provided that the minimum number will not prevent a Participant from exercising the Option for the full number of Shares for which it is then exercisable.


 

5.8    Modification, Extension or Renewal.    The Committee may modify, extend or renew outstanding Options and authorize the grant of new Options in substitution therefor, provided that any such action may not, without the written consent of a Participant, impair any of such Participant’s rights under any Option previously granted. The Committee may reduce the Exercise Price of outstanding Options without the consent of Participants affected by a written notice to them; provided, however, that the Exercise Price may not be reduced below the minimum Exercise Price that would be permitted under Section 5.4 of this Plan for Options granted on the date the action is taken to reduce the Exercise Price; and provided, further, that the Exercise Price shall not be reduced below the par value of the Shares.

 

6. RESTRICTED STOCK.    A Restricted Stock Award is an offer by the Company to sell to an eligible person Shares that are subject to restrictions. The Committee will determine to whom an offer will be made, the number of Shares the person may purchase, the price to be paid (the “Purchase Price”), the restrictions to which the Shares will be subject, and all other terms and conditions of the Restricted Stock Award, subject to the following:

 

6.1    Form of Restricted Stock Award.    All purchases under a Restricted Stock Award made pursuant to this Plan will be evidenced by an Award Agreement (“Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement”) that will be in such form (which need not be the same for each Participant) as the Committee will from time to time approve, and will comply with and be subject to the terms and conditions of this Plan. The offer of Restricted Stock will be accepted by the Participant’s execution and delivery of the Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement and full payment for the Shares to the Company within thirty (30) days from the date the Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement is delivered to the person. If such person does not execute and deliver the Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement along with full payment for the Shares to the Company within thirty (30) days, then the offer will terminate, unless otherwise determined by the Committee.

 

6.2    Purchase Price.    The Purchase Price of Shares sold pursuant to a Restricted Stock Award will be determined by the Committee on the date the Restricted Stock Award is granted and may be not less than the par value of the Shares on the date of grant. Payment of the Purchase Price may be made in accordance with Section 7 of this Plan.

 

6.3    Terms of Restricted Stock Awards.    Restricted Stock Awards shall be subject to such restrictions as the Committee may impose. These restrictions may be based upon completion of a specified number of years of service with the Company or upon completion of the performance goals as set out in advance in the Participant’s individual Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement. Restricted Stock Awards may vary from Participant to Participant and between groups of Participants. Prior to the payment of any Restricted Stock Award, the Committee shall determine the extent to which such Restricted Stock Award has been earned.

 

6.4    Termination During Performance Period.    If a Participant is Terminated during a performance period for any reason, then such Participant will be entitled to payment (whether in Shares, cash or otherwise) with respect to the Restricted Stock Award only to the extent earned as of the date of Termination in accordance with the Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement, unless the Committee will determine otherwise.

 

7. PAYMENT FOR SHARE PURCHASES.

 

7.1    Payment.    Payment for Shares purchased on exercise of an Award may be made in cash (by check) or, where expressly approved for the Participant by the Committee and where permitted by law:

 

(a) by cancellation of indebtedness of the Company to the Participant;

 

(b) by surrender of shares that either: (1) have been owned by Participant for more than six (6) months and have been paid for within the meaning of SEC Rule 144 (and, if such shares were purchased from the Company by use of a promissory note, such note has been fully paid with respect to such shares); or (2) were obtained by Participant in the public market;


 

(c) by tender of a full recourse promissory note having such terms as may be approved by the Committee and bearing interest at a rate sufficient to avoid imputation of income under Sections 483 and 1274 of the Code; provided, however, that a Participant who is not an employee of the Company may not purchase Shares with a promissory note unless the note is adequately secured by collateral other than the Shares; and provided, further, that the portion of the Exercise Price equal to the par value of the Shares must be paid in cash;

 

(d) by waiver of compensation due or accrued to the Participant for services rendered;

 

(e) provided that a public market for the Company’s stock exists:

 

(1) through a “same day sale” commitment from the Participant and a broker-dealer that is a member of the National Association of Securities Dealers (an “NASD Dealer”) whereby the Participant irrevocably elects to exercise the Option and to sell a portion of the Shares so purchased to pay for the Exercise Price, and whereby the NASD Dealer irrevocably commits upon receipt of such Shares to forward the Exercise Price directly to the Company; or

 

(2) through a “margin” commitment from the Participant and a NASD Dealer whereby the Participant irrevocably elects to exercise the Option and to pledge the Shares so purchased to the NASD Dealer in a margin account as security for a loan from the NASD Dealer in the amount of the Exercise Price, and whereby the NASD Dealer irrevocably commits upon receipt of such Shares to forward the Exercise Price directly to the Company; or

 

(f) by any combination of the foregoing.

 

7.2    Loan Guarantees.    The Committee may help the Participant pay for Shares purchased under this Plan by authorizing a guarantee by the Company of a third-party loan to the Participant.

 

8. WITHHOLDING TAXES.

 

8.1    Withholding Generally.    Whenever Shares are to be issued on exercise of Awards granted under this Plan, the Company may require the Participant to remit to the Company an amount sufficient to satisfy federal, state and local withholding tax requirements prior to the delivery of any certificate or certificates for such Shares. If a payment in satisfaction of an Award is to be made in cash, such payment will be net of an amount sufficient to satisfy federal, state, and local withholding tax requirements.

 

8.2    Stock Withholding.    When, under applicable tax laws, a Participant incurs tax liability in connection with the exercise or vesting of any Award that is subject to tax withholding and the Participant is obligated to pay the Company the amount required to be withheld, the Committee may in its sole discretion allow the Participant to satisfy the minimum withholding tax obligation by electing to have the Company withhold from the Shares to be issued that number of Shares having a Fair Market Value equal to the minimum amount required to be withheld, determined on the date that the amount of tax to be withheld is to be determined. All elections by a Participant to have Shares withheld for this purpose will be made in accordance with the requirements established by the Committee and be in writing in a form acceptable to the Committee

 

9. PRIVILEGES OF STOCK OWNERSHIP.    No Participant will have any of the rights of a stockholder with respect to any Shares until the Shares are issued to the Participant. After Shares are issued to the Participant, the Participant will be a stockholder and have all the rights of a stockholder with respect to such Shares, including the right to vote and receive all dividends or other distributions made or paid with respect to such Shares; provided, however, that if such Shares are Restricted Stock, any new, additional or different securities the Participant may become entitled to receive with respect to the Shares by virtue of a stock dividend, stock split or any other change in the corporate or capital structure of the Company will be subject to the same restrictions as the Restricted Stock; provided, further that the Participant will have no right to retain such dividends or distributions with respect to Shares that are repurchased at the Participant’s original Exercise Price pursuant to Section 11.


 

10. TRANSFERABILITY.

 

10.1    Except as otherwise provided in this Section 10, Awards granted under this Plan, and any interest therein, will not be transferable or assignable by Participant, and may not be made subject to execution, attachment or similar process, otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution or as determined by the Committee and set forth in the Award Agreement.

 

10.2    Unless otherwise restricted by the Committee, an Option shall be exercisable: (i) during the Participant’s lifetime only by (A) the Participant, (B) the Participant’s guardian or legal representative, (C) a Family Member of the Participant who has acquired the Option by “permitted transfer;” and (ii) after Participant’s death, by the legal representative of the Participant’s heirs or legatees. “Permitted transfer” means, as authorized by this Plan and the Committee in an Option, any transfer effected by the Participant during the Participant’s lifetime of an interest in such Option but only such transfers which are by gift or domestic relations order. A permitted transfer does not include any transfer for value and neither of the following are transfers for value: (a) a transfer of under a domestic relations order in settlement of marital property rights or (b) a transfer to an entity in which more than fifty percent of the voting interests are owned by Family Members or the Participant in exchange for an interest in that entity.

 

10.3    Unless otherwise restricted by the Committee, a Restricted Stock may be transferred during the Participant’s lifetime, only to (A) the Participant, or (B) the Participant’s guardian or legal representative.

 

11. RESTRICTIONS ON SHARES.    At the discretion of the Committee, the Company may reserve to itself and/or its assignee(s) in the Award Agreement a right to repurchase at the Participant’s Exercise Price a portion of or all Unvested Shares held by a Participant following such Participant’s Termination at any time within ninety (90) days after the later of Participant’s Termination Date and the date Participant purchases Shares under this Plan, for cash and/or cancellation of purchase money indebtedness, at the Participant’s Exercise Price or Purchase Price, as the case may be.

 

12. CERTIFICATES.    All certificates for Shares or other securities delivered under this Plan will be subject to such stock transfer orders, legends and other restrictions as the Committee may deem necessary or advisable, including restrictions under any applicable federal, state or foreign securities law, or any rules, regulations and other requirements of the SEC or any stock exchange or automated quotation system upon which the Shares may be listed or quoted.

 

13. ESCROW; PLEDGE OF SHARES.    To enforce any restrictions on a Participant’s Shares, the Committee may require the Participant to deposit all certificates representing the Shares, together with stock powers or other instruments of transfer approved by the Committee, appropriately endorsed in blank, with the Company or an agent designated by the Company to hold in escrow until such restrictions have lapsed or terminated, and the Committee may cause a legend or legends referencing such restrictions to be placed on the certificates. Any Participant who is permitted to execute a promissory note as partial or full consideration for the purchase of Shares under this Plan will be required to pledge and deposit with the Company all or part of the Shares so purchased as collateral to secure the payment of Participant’s obligation to the Company under the promissory note; provided, however, that the Committee may require or accept other or additional forms of collateral to secure the payment of such obligation and, in any event, the Company will have full recourse against the Participant under the promissory note notwithstanding any pledge of the Participant’s Shares or other collateral. In connection with any pledge of the Shares, Participant will be required to execute and deliver a written pledge agreement in such form as the Committee will from time to time approve. The Shares purchased with the promissory note may be released from the pledge on a pro rata basis as the promissory note is paid.

 

14. EXCHANGE AND BUYOUT OF AWARDS.    The Committee may, at any time or from time to time, authorize the Company, with the consent of the respective Participants, to issue new Awards in exchange for the surrender and cancellation of any or all outstanding Awards, including but not limited to an exchange pursuant to an option exchange program and including but not limited to an exchange for a new option at a lower exercise price, whether or not such exchange is simultaneous. The Committee may at any time buy from a Participant an Award previously granted with payment in cash, Shares (including Restricted Stock) or other consideration, based on such terms and conditions as the Committee and the Participant may agree.


 

15. SECURITIES LAW AND OTHER REGULATORY COMPLIANCE.    An Award will not be effective unless such Award is in compliance with all applicable federal and state securities laws, rules and regulations of any governmental body, and the requirements of any stock exchange or automated quotation system upon which the Shares may then be listed or quoted, as they are in effect on the date of grant of the Award and also on the date of exercise or other issuance. Notwithstanding any other provision in this Plan, the Company will have no obligation to issue or deliver certificates for Shares under this Plan prior to: (a) obtaining any approvals from governmental agencies that the Company determines are necessary or advisable; and/or (b) completion of any registration or other qualification of such Shares under any state or federal law or ruling of any governmental body that the Company determines to be necessary or advisable. The Company will be under no obligation to register the Shares with the SEC or to effect compliance with the registration, qualification or listing requirements of any state securities laws, stock exchange or automated quotation system, and the Company will have no liability for any inability or failure to do so.

 

16. NO OBLIGATION TO EMPLOY.    Nothing in this Plan or any Award granted under this Plan will confer or be deemed to confer on any Participant any right to continue in the employ of, or to continue any other relationship with, the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company or limit in any way the right of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company to terminate Participant’s employment or other relationship at any time, with or without cause.

 

17. CORPORATE TRANSACTIONS.

 

17.1    Assumption or Replacement of Awards by Successor.    In the event of (a) a dissolution or liquidation of the Company, (b) a merger or consolidation in which the Company is not the surviving corporation (other than a merger or consolidation with a wholly-owned subsidiary, a reincorporation of the Company in a different jurisdiction, or other transaction in which there is no substantial change in the stockholders of the Company or their relative stock holdings and the Awards granted under this Plan are assumed, converted or replaced by the successor corporation, which assumption will be binding on all Participants), (c) a merger in which the Company is the surviving corporation but after which the stockholders of the Company immediately prior to such merger (other than any stockholder that merges, or which owns or controls another corporation that merges, with the Company in such merger) cease to own their shares or other equity interest in the Company, (d) the sale of substantially all of the assets of the Company, or (e) the acquisition, sale, or transfer of more than 50% of the outstanding shares of the Company by tender offer or similar transaction, any or all outstanding Awards may be assumed, converted or replaced by the successor corporation (if any), which assumption, conversion or replacement will be binding on all Participants. In the alternative, the successor corporation may substitute equivalent Awards or provide substantially similar consideration to Participants as was provided to stockholders (after taking into account the existing provisions of the Awards). The successor corporation may also issue, in place of outstanding Shares of the Company held by the Participant, substantially similar shares or other property subject to repurchase restrictions no less favorable to the Participant. In the event such successor corporation (if any) refuses to assume or substitute Awards, as provided above, pursuant to a transaction described in this Subsection 17.1, such Awards will expire on such transaction at such time and on such conditions as the Committee will determine; provided, however, that the Committee may, in its sole discretion, provide that the vesting of any or all Awards granted pursuant to this Plan will accelerate. If the Committee exercises such discretion with respect to Options, such Options will become exercisable in full prior to the consummation of such event at such time and on such conditions as the Committee determines, and if such Options are not exercised prior to the consummation of the corporate transaction, they shall terminate at such time as determined by the Committee.


 

17.2    Other Treatment of Awards.    Subject to any greater rights granted to Participants under the foregoing provisions of this Section 17, in the event of the occurrence of any transaction described in Section 17.1, any outstanding Awards will be treated as provided in the applicable agreement or plan of merger, consolidation, dissolution, liquidation, or sale of assets.

 

17.3    Assumption of Awards by the Company.    The Company, from time to time, also may substitute or assume outstanding awards granted by another company, whether in connection with an acquisition of such other company or otherwise, by either; (a) granting an Award under this Plan in substitution of such other company’s award; or (b) assuming such award as if it had been granted under this Plan if the terms of such assumed award could be applied to an Award granted under this Plan. Such substitution or assumption will be permissible if the holder of the substituted or assumed award would have been eligible to be granted an Award under this Plan if the other company had applied the rules of this Plan to such grant. In the event the Company assumes an award granted by another company, the terms and conditions of such award will remain unchanged (except that the exercise price and the number and nature of Shares issuable upon exercise of any such option will be adjusted appropriately pursuant to Section 424(a) of the Code). In the event the Company elects to grant a new Option rather than assuming an existing option, such new Option may be granted with a similarly adjusted Exercise Price.

 

18. ADOPTION.    This Plan will become effective on the date that it is adopted by the Board (the “Effective Date”).

 

19. TERM OF PLAN/GOVERNING LAW.    Unless earlier terminated as provided herein, this Plan will terminate ten (10) years from the Effective Date. This Plan and all agreements thereunder shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California.

 

20. AMENDMENT OR TERMINATION OF PLAN.    The Board may at any time terminate or amend this Plan in any respect, including without limitation amendment of any form of Award Agreement or instrument to be executed pursuant to this Plan.

 

21. NONEXCLUSIVITY OF THE PLAN.    Neither the adoption of this Plan by the Board, nor any provision of this Plan will be construed as creating any limitations on the power of the Board to adopt such additional compensation arrangements as it may deem desirable, including, without limitation, the granting of stock option and bonuses otherwise than under this Plan, and such arrangements may be either generally applicable or applicable only in specific cases.

 

22. DEFINITIONS.    As used in this Plan, the following terms will have the following meanings:

 

“Award” means any award under this Plan, including any Option or Restricted Stock.

 

“Award Agreement” means, with respect to each Award, the signed written agreement between the Company and the Participant setting forth the terms and conditions of the Award.

 

“Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

“Cause” means the commission of an act of theft, embezzlement, fraud, dishonesty or a breach of fiduciary duty to the Company or a Parent or Subsidiary of the Company.

 

“Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

“Committee” means the Compensation Committee of the Board.

 

“Company” means VeriSign, Inc. or any successor corporation.


 

“Disability” means a disability, whether temporary or permanent, partial or total, as determined by the Committee.

 

“Exercise Price” means the price at which a holder of an Option may purchase the Shares issuable upon exercise of the Option.

 

“Fair Market Value” means, as of any date, the value of a share of the Company’s Common Stock determined as follows:

 

(a) if such Common Stock is then quoted on the Nasdaq National Market, its closing price on the Nasdaq National Market on the date of determination as reported in The Wall Street Journal;

 

(b) if such Common Stock is publicly traded and is then listed on a national securities exchange, its closing price on the date of determination on the principal national securities exchange on which the Common Stock is listed or admitted to trading as reported in The Wall Street Journal;

 

(c) if such Common Stock is publicly traded but is not quoted on the Nasdaq National Market nor listed or admitted to trading on a national securities exchange, the average of the closing bid and asked prices on the date of determination as reported in The Wall Street Journal; or

 

(d) if none of the foregoing is applicable, by the Committee in good faith.

 

“Family Member” includes any of the following:

 

(a) child, stepchild, grandchild, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, former spouse, sibling, niece, nephew, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law, or sister-in-law of the Participant, including any such person with such relationship to the Participant by adoption;

 

(b) any person (other than a tenant or employee) sharing the Participant’s household;

 

(c) a trust in which the persons in (a) and (b) have more than fifty percent of the beneficial interest;

 

(d) a foundation in which the persons in (a) and (b) or the Participant control the management of assets; or

 

(e) any other entity in which the persons in (a) and (b) or the Participant own more than fifty percent of the voting interest.

 

“Option” means an award of an option to purchase Shares pursuant to Section 5.

 

“Parent” means any corporation (other than the Company) in an unbroken chain of corporations ending with the Company if each of such corporations other than the Company owns stock possessing 50% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain.

 

“Participant” means a person who receives an Award under this Plan.


 

“Plan” means this VeriSign, Inc. 2001 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended from time to time.

 

“Restricted Stock Award” means an award of Shares pursuant to Section 6.

 

“SEC” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

“Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

“Shares” means shares of the Company’s Common Stock reserved for issuance under this Plan, as adjusted pursuant to Sections 2 and 17, and any successor security.

 

“Stock Option Agreement” means, with respect to each Option, the signed written agreement between the Company and the Participant setting forth the terms and conditions of the Option.

 

“Subsidiary” means any corporation (other than the Company) in an unbroken chain of corporations beginning with the Company if each of the corporations other than the last corporation in the unbroken chain owns stock possessing 50% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain.

 

“Termination” or “Terminated” means, for purposes of this Plan with respect to a Participant, that the Participant has for any reason ceased to provide services as an employee, officer, consultant, independent contractor, or advisor to the Company or a Parent or Subsidiary of the Company. An employee will not be deemed to have ceased to provide services in the case of (i) sick leave, (ii) military leave, or (iii) any other leave of absence approved by the Committee, provided, that such leave is for a period of not more than 90 days, unless reemployment upon the expiration of such leave is guaranteed by contract or statute or unless provided otherwise pursuant to formal policy adopted from time to time by the Company and issued and promulgated to employees in writing. In the case of any employee on an approved leave of absence, the Committee may make such provisions respecting suspension of vesting of the Award while on leave from the employ of the Company or a Parent or Subsidiary of the Company as it may deem appropriate, except that in no event may an Award be exercised after the expiration of the term set forth in the Award Agreement. The Committee will have sole discretion to determine whether a Participant has ceased to provide services and the effective date on which the Participant ceased to provide services (the “Termination Date”).

 

“Unvested Shares” means “Unvested Shares” as defined in the Award Agreement.

 

“Vested Shares” means “Vested Shares” as defined in the Award Agreement.

Description of Severance Arrangement

 

EXHIBIT 10.21

 

Description of Severance Arrangement with William P. Fasig

 

VeriSign has agreed to the following severance agreement should Mr. Fasig be involuntarily terminated from VeriSign without cause:

 

For up to 1 month of employment—receive 12 months salary

After 1 month of employment—receive 11 months salary

After 2 months of employment—receive 10 months salary

After 3 months of employment—receive 9 months salary

After 4 months of employment—receive 8 months salary

After 5 months of employment—receive 7 months salary

After 6 months of employment—receive 6 months salary

 

No severance payment is made in the event Mr. Fasig resigns voluntarily

Employment Offer Letter Agreement

 

EXHIBIT 10.22

 

July 25, 2001

 

William Graham Champion Mitchell

2997 Rokeby Road

Delaplane, VA 20144

 

Dear Champ:

 

On behalf of VeriSign, Inc. I am pleased to offer you a regular full-time position of Executive Vice President / General Manager Mass Markets Division reporting to me and located at our Herndon, Virginia location. The details of the offer are as follows:

 

Annual Salary: $300,000.00 (Paid Bi-Weekly)

 

Bonus Program: You are eligible to participate in the VeriSign Executive Bonus Program. Potential of 50% bonus annually based on achievement of corporate objectives and prorated based on your start date. Bonus document attached. For the first year 50% of the bonus target is guaranteed.

 

Special Bonus: On March 1, 2002 you are eligible for a $50,000.00 bonus. Actual payment will be based on achievement of performance criteria (to be determined within 30 day from date of hire).

 

Stock Options: I will recommend to the Board of Directors that you be granted stock options to purchase 185,000 shares of Common Stock. The price of shares will be based on the fair market value on the date of grant. You will be eligible to exercise 12.5% six months from your date of hire. The remaining shares vest equally on quarterly basis for the next three and half years.

 

Your options will contain a change of control provision (i.e. upon a change of control of VeriSign, Inc. 50% of unvested options will vest).

 

Severance: VeriSign will offer the following executive severance agreement should you be involuntarily terminated from VeriSign without cause:

 

For up to 1 month of employment—receive 24 months salary

After 1 months of employment—receive 23 months salary

After 2 months of employment—receive 22 months salary

After 3 months of employment—receive 21 months salary

After 4 months of employment—receive 20 months salary

After 5 months of employment—receive 19 months salary

After 6 months of employment—receive 18 months salary

After 7 months of employment—receive 17 months salary

After 8 months of employment—receive 16 months salary

After 9 months of employment—receive 15 months salary

After 10 months of employment—receive 14 months salary

After 11 months of employment—receive 13 months salary

After 12 months of employment—receive 12 months salary

After 13 months of employment—receive 11 months salary

After 14 months of employment—receive 10 months salary

After 15 months of employment—receive 9 months salary

After 16 months of employment—receive 8 months salary

After 17 months of employment—receive 7 months salary

After 18 months of employment—receive 6 months salary

 

No payment is made should you resign or be terminated for cause.


 

Benefits: Your medical and insurance benefits will be commensurate with date of hire. The full package of benefits is attached. New employees receive 17 days of paid time off per year. VeriSign also observes 10 paid holidays per year. Please Note: Your benefits information for 2001 will be mailed to your home shortly after your date of hire.

 

This offer is contingent upon your signing the Company’s Confidentiality Agreement included with this offer and upon successful clearance of your background check. It is also contingent upon providing evidence of your legal right to work in the United States as required by the Immigration and Naturalization Service. This offer is for employment on an at will basis, which means that this relationship can be terminated at any time by either party.

 

To accept this offer, please sign below and return the original offer letter along with the Confidentiality Agreements and VeriSign application in the enclosed envelope and keep a copy of the offer letter for your records. This offer will expire on July 27, 2001.

 

Sincerely,

 

/s/    Stratton Sclavos

 

Stratton Sclavos

    

Accepted: /s/    WGC Mitchell         Date: 7/26/01

President and CEO

    

Start Date: 7/30/01

Subsidiaries of the Registrant

 

EXHIBIT 21.01

 

Subsidiaries of the Registrant

 

Name of Subsidiary


    

Country/State of

Incorporation/Organization


Directdomainnames Limited

    

United Kingdom

Domainnames.com Brasil Ltda.

    

Brazil

Domainnames.com Limited

    

United Kingdom

EMBP 455, LLC

    

California

EMBP 685, LLC

    

California

eNIC Corporation

    

Washington

H.O. Systems, Inc.

    

Delaware

H.O. Systems Corporation

    

Georgia

Illuminet, Inc.

    

Delaware

Illuminet Holdings, Inc.

    

Delaware

Illuminet International Wireless Services, Inc.

    

Delaware

Name Engine, Inc.

    

Delaware

NameSecure, Inc.

    

Delaware

National Telemanagement Corporation

    

Texas

Network Solutions, Inc.

    

Delaware

Thawte (U.S.A.), Inc.

    

North Carolina

Thawte Consulting (Pty) Ltd

    

South Africa

Thawte Holdings (Pty) Ltd

    

South Africa

Thawte Systems (Pty) Ltd

    

South Africa

Thawte Technologies, Inc.

    

Delaware

The .TV Corporation International

    

Delaware

TLDS, Inc.

    

Delaware

VeriSign .US Registrar, Inc.

    

Delaware

VeriSign Australia Limited

    

Australia

VeriSign Capital Management, Inc.

    

Delaware

VeriSign Denmark ApS

    

Denmark

VeriSign Deutschland GmbH

    

Germany

VeriSign France SARL

    

France

VeriSign Holding AB

    

Sweden

VeriSign Hong Kong Limited

    

Hong Kong

VeriSign International Holdings, Inc.

    

Delaware

VeriSign Italy S.r.l.

    

Italy

VeriSign Japan K.K.

    

Japan

VeriSign Limited

    

Canada

VeriSign Netherlands B.V.

    

Netherlands

VeriSign Norway AS

    

Norway

VeriSign Real Estate Holdings, Inc.

    

Nevada

VeriSign Registry Services, Inc.

    

Delaware

VeriSign Reinsurance Company, Ltd.

    

Bermuda

VeriSign Sweden AB

    

Sweden

VeriSign Switzerland SARL

    

Switzerland

VeriSign UK Limited

    

United Kingdom

Consent of KPMG LLP

 

EXHIBIT 23.01

 

CONSENT OF KPMG LLP

 

The Board of Directors

VeriSign, Inc.:

 

We consent to incorporation by reference in the registration statements (Nos. 333-45237, 333-46803,  333-58583, 333-82941, 333-39212, 333-50072, 333-53230, 333-59458, 333-69818, 333-75236, 333-86178 and 333-86188) on Form S-8, and registration statements (Nos. 333-74393, 333-77433, 333-89991, 333-94445,  333-72222, and 333-76386) on Form S-3 and registration statements (No. 333-94445) on Form S-3/A of VeriSign, Inc. of our report dated January 21, 2003 relating to the consolidated balance sheets of VeriSign, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2002 and 2001, and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders’ equity, comprehensive loss, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2002, which report appears elsewhere in this Form 10-K. Our report refers to a change in accounting for business combinations and goodwill.

 

/s/   KPMG LLP

 

Mountain View, California

March 31, 2003

 

Certification of President/CEO/Chairman of the Board

EXHIBIT 99.01

 

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO

18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO

SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

 

In connection with the Annual Report on Form 10-K of VeriSign, Inc. (the “Company”) for the yearly period ended December 31, 2002 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Stratton D. Sclavos, President, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:

 

(1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78m(a) or 78o(d)); and

 

(2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company for the periods presented therein.

 

VERISIGN, INC.         

By:

 

/S/    STRATTON D. SCLAVOS                            


   

Stratton D. Sclavos

President, Chief Executive Officer

and Chairman of the Board

(Principal Executive Officer)

 

Date: March 31, 2003

 

Certification of Executive Vice President of Finance and Administration/CFO

 

EXHIBIT 99.02

 

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO

18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO

SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

 

In connection with the Annual Report on Form 10-K of VeriSign, Inc. (the “Company”) for the yearly period ended December 31, 2002 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Dana L. Evan, Executive Vice President of Finance and Administration and Chief Financial Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:

 

(1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78m(a) or 78o(d)); and

 

(2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company for the periods presented therein.

 

VERISIGN, INC.         

By:

 

        /S/    DANA L. EVAN                                    


   

Dana L. Evan

Executive Vice President of

Finance and Administration

and Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

 

Date: March 31, 2003